Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

Ufo Abductee's Blog

Download as docx, pdf, or txt
Download as docx, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 505

UFO ABDUCTEE; SPIRITURAL MESSENGER’S BLOG

A COLLECTION OF HIS BLOG POSTINGS

The Importance of Initiating Contact with Extraterrestrials


By Angelika Whitecliff

Initiating contact with ETs is not in and of itself necessary for one's own spiritual
advancement. With that stated, there are several reasons why this particular subject is
extremely important and I will take this opportunity to discuss a few.

The first looming issue is that there is a vast interaction taking place upon this planet
between humans and different ET groups. But why has there been perpetrated such a
through job in maligning, debasing and dismissing almost all of the contactee
accounts that report respectful, non-invasive and benevolent interactions, especially
with humanoid beings who only promote our own spiritual growth as our real
salvation? It is difficult to find such contactee books in our country (not as true in
other countries such as Germany, Italy, Mexico and South America) and the media
ignores these stories. Instead it cleverly peddles cases of abduction, terror and avid
manipulations to promote fear, confusion and finally numbness and non-action.
People are skillfully schooled toward a victim mentality in this way.

People not only need to be made aware of inspiring and uplifting cases that are
happening now, such as the Sixto Paz Wells contacts in Peru, but people need to
understand that the choice is theirs to put energy into creating more abduction
coverage or to instead put this energy into opening the door wider for positive
experiences to come through on all levels. Initiating empowered contact is one path to
opening this door. We do not know many of the ET players yet, but we do know more
than enough to begin our own journey of benevolent contact.

A second reason why the action of initiating contact with ETs is of considerable merit
is because of the number of starseeds currently incarnated on this world. Not all but
many feel a sense of loneliness or loss because of their seeming separation from those
they once knew as a beloved family. (Generally - wherever the majority of your
incarnational time is spent, at least until you obtain a significant enlightened mastery
as a being, this is where you will identify on deep levels as home.) So there is a great
longing in many hearts. Calling in your deepest star family connections can be a
powerful way to heal that inner rift and to create a bridge of support that can serve
your spiritual goals as well as those of the planet.

Third, there are many paths to enlightenment and higher understanding. A spiritual
master, such as an eastern guru can open your third eye for you to expedite your path.
This is not necessary to achieving the goal, but many individuals seek out gurus and
adepts to help them on their path because they can offer help in some form. There are
spiritually advanced races here that can assist in the same way if you desire and accept
this sort of assistance. They can act like an older brother or sister who is a little farther
along the path. Because they have traveled the very path we are now on, they can hold
up a light to illuminate the darkness of the unknown that we are entering. Again, this
is not necessary, but it is available and the choice is ours to accept assistance or not.

There is the threat of mind control, black projects, alien abductions, this list goes on
and on. How can people win a game so rigged? The answer is that through dedicated
self-exploration; meditation and a personal commitment to the discipline of becoming
one with your 'true' self. All these threats lose energy and are eventually rendered
powerless as you connect with the one universal force, the divine oneness. Yet you do
not have to be on the verge of achieving this ultimate goal to be safe, all you have to
do is begin walking this path of refining your own energies and not look back. Your
internal commitment will guide you to safety from within. Non-action, apathy,
depression, a judgmental & dismissive attitude all leave you very vulnerable to the
regressive energies.

GalacticDiplomacy.com is dedicated to the idea of empowered citizen based


interactions with extraterrestrials. Many people come to this arena of information
because they feel 'contact' is important to their lives in some way. For such people
who are passionate about this field, for those who need to overcome experiences of
feeling victimized by ETs, for those who know that this work is part of their
individual purpose, and for many other reasons, this vision of initiating contact with
benevolent ETs can be a valuable individual experience and manifestation for the
planet.

We all can help each other and the planet by holding to our dreams of a better world
and by doing something, anything, to help our vision manifest. Many who visit this
web site will be the pioneers and courageous leaders who will actually create
experiences of empowered and mutually edifying exchanges with our ET friends. In
no way does this interaction have to remain upon the fringe or characterized by
trauma or genetic engineering programs. When committed individuals and groups get
together to promote a new vision, a better way, this influences our reality and offers
hope and inspiration to others. This is how we step by step create a new system, one to
replace the current one which does not express our highest expression of light and
love upon this world.
•••
VISIONARY COMMUNICATIONS
Angelika Whitecliff
This is a possible, plausible and currently active model for ET contact and the
establishment of mutually beneficial relationships which will assist the Earth's entry
into the galactic community as a conscious, self-determining and empowered
member.

Each new relationship will be founded upon the collective agreement that the loving
support of the spiritual evolution of humanity is the paramount objective of contact
and all subsequent interactions. In tandem all new ET associations will support and
uphold the right of humanity's loving stewardship of the planet and assist our
increased understanding of how to promote respectful and harmonious interactions
with all of Gaia's diverse species, life forms and environments.

Contact will begin through the individual initiative of starseeds, walk-ins and those
with open minds, open hearts and strong integrity - who in loving awareness of their
own star heritage - project the invitation in a thought-form of light to our ET
neighbor's. These thought-forms will clearly convey that we are ready to establish
and take responsibility for a mutually edifying exchange.

Next, small groups of these inviting human-starseed hosts will join together in
common vision around the planet. Awakened to self and in communication with the
many Earthly kingdoms including but not limited to the animal, plant, mineral and
delvic groups, all will honor the many voices of Gaia and unite with the goal of
raising consciousness on the planet, healing the environment and goodwill for all.

These individuals and groups will reach out into our galactic community with
consciousness, using the intuitive gifts of telepathy, clairvoyance, clairsensience
and the other psychic abilities spiritually evolved beings all share, beginning the
process of communication.

Becoming our first galactic ambassador's and diplomats of an awakened humanity,


such individuals will become responsible for shepherding the planet into its galactic
role as member and peer. Educational relationships will begin and be established
with willing ET groups in alignment with the enlightened humanity's objectives.

Physical contact will next begin as high-minded motives and integrity are used as
foundations for further activities together. Then small groups will subsequently build
bases upon the land, after acquiring Gaia's permission and support, for the sites of
sustained ET contact. Gaia will further provide adequate portals and vortexes for
physical, inner and extra-dimensional travel and the travel of consciousness to our
sister planes of reality.

These initial bases will accommodate the viewing and eventual landing of ET craft,
and provide meeting and resting facilities for human-ET exchanges.
In the future we will be utilizing our combined resources in 5th dimensional light
technologies and architecture. For now landing platforms, housing and all other
necessary constructs will be erected and made available to the chosen ET groups in
sustained contact with the site specific galactic diplomats in residence and visiting.

Eventually, the numbers involved in such ET interactions will increase and the
collective consciousness will be stimulated with a new model for galactic
awareness. Gently and in harmony with the evolution of consciousness upon the
planet, all of humanity will awaken to perceive the new model of reality and all our
brother and sister communities of space.

Angelika Whitecliff

*About Angelika:

A telepathic communicator with angelic, extraterrestrial, astral and other multi-


dimensional entities, Angelika Whitecliff is a natural clairvoyant and has conducted
private consultations for well over a decade. She has professionally taught classes
and seminars in developing clairvoyance, the energetic healing arts, retrieving
past/future life memories and communicating with spiritual guides, angels and
extraterrestrial visitors.

Angelika began having physical contact experiences with angelic and nature beings
in childhood, and then with extraterrestrial biological entities beginning in her early
twenties. Interactions at all levels continue to this day, and all these experiences
have assisted Angelika in acquiring a very strong vision of hope and confidence in
humanities inevitable spiritual awakening. She has also been inspired as a painter,
graphic artist and sculptor depicting some of these different entities.

Spending several years as a public channel for the archangels, delivering messages
and healings, Angelika now focuses upon educating people about their own spiritual
power and about the myriad of multidimensional beings waiting to interact with us
in loving, benevolent ways.

Angelika¹s formal disciplines includes completion of the clairvoyant program at the


Berkeley Psychic Institute, minister training with Spirit Revisited, advanced training
in the healing arts with Yuen Energetics and Spirit Revisited hands-on-healing
program, field experience working with numerous magnetic and manifestation
healers in the Philippines, 2 years herbalist training, channeling training and
hermetic philosophy study through the school of Builders of the Adytum.
Her life¹s work so far has led her to become a highly effective interpreter and
communicator for various multidimensional beings and races. In the past three
years, Angelika has been called by the cetaceans of Hawaii and the humpback
whales of the Caribbean to actively swim and forge a relationship of interspecies
communication, DNA activation and mutually beneficial interactions regarding
Gaia¹s and humanities shifting galactic consciousness.

Currently living on the Big Island of Hawaii and swimming daily with the dolphins of
the Kona coast, she has found the dolphins to be effective teachers regarding our
stewardship of the planet and emissaries to other extraterrestrial civilizations.
Especially those races interested in assisting the advancement of human
consciousness and our responsibilities as we take our place as a member of the vast
galactic community.

Angelika is Co-Organizer of the 2006 Extraterrestrial Civilizations and World Peace


Conference, Co-Founder of GalacticDiplomacy.com and Co-ordinator of the Citizen
Diplomacy program of the Exopolitics Institute. Her writings are available HERE

Why Me? The Soul's Challenge to Evolve


WHY ME? THE SOUL'S CHALLENGE TO EVOLVE

Those who are undergoing a spiritual expansion and have been contacted by ETs, or
yearn to be, are called 'metamorphs', a new kind of spiritual ambassador who, by
their own example, are introducing ETs to the planet.

Ironically, metamorphs often do not recognize their unique and important role and
consult researchers to explain or validate their contact experiences for them. But
sometimes this leaves those who are meeting with ETs disempowered and
disillusioned.

In Truth, metamorphs are not victims; rather, they are the pioneers extraordinaire.
But many rarely recognize their unique and important role. Many are hard pressed
to explain why they have been contacted, and what the goal or purpose is.

There are flaming arrows that will always be pointed at the metamorph who dares
to break out of the human mold as we know it.

Know that they do not have to prevent your spiritual expansion, but often they do.

These flaming arrows come in the form of:

..Self-Doubt
..Others' fear of what you are attempting
..Other's' criticism
..Our Own cautiousness
..Fear of the Unknown
..Belief in the cultural myth that has us believe we're unsafe and disempowered

These flaming arrows are pointed straight at the experiencer. They can block a
metamorph from progressing or moving forward. As a result, too many of us lose
sight of that actualized Higher Purpose and settle for mediocrtity.

All of You who are on this path can live the dream presented to us. Know that Center
of Authentic Personal Power within You and Act upon it With Love and Clear
Intention.

'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART I


(Introduction)
"I See UFOs in Our Skies..."

My Personal Interactions with Off-World Intelligences

Those who are familiar with who I am and my past experiences, this won't come as
any new thing, but I felt like sharing with you a humble event which occured this
afternoon...

As always, I relaxed my body centering myself, going within. I surrender to the


Universe becoming one with it. I call on the Cosmic Universal Loving Light Energy to
bathe my body with a waterfall of Golden Light, Imagining each part of my body
with this Love energy, glowing with Golden radiance.

Focusing on my Heart I imagine this light to glow brighter & brighter. Allowing this
to become stronger, it's size grows as well. As it then is well-established, I open my
Heart to allow it to blossom out, actually becoming WIDER as well as expanding
from my chest outward, getting larger than my body...

As it slowly grows, I keep the potency of it's Love energy strong, and connect with
every Ray which is extending outward. This radiant glow is now coming in contact
with nature: the trees, the grass, into the Earth, through it's core, it's oceans, all life
on the surface of the world and finally through our atmosphere and out into the
cosmos...

As I am connected to this Light/Love Energy I stretch myself out like the Rays of the
Sun, becoming hundreds of thousands of these Rays. I become like the Sun.

This state of being raises your frequency or vibrational level and this 'zone' is ripe
with the potential for establishing clear contact with extraterrestrial beings who can
clearly discern this vibrational event as 'tune-in' to see just what is going on down
there on Earth.

You can connect without this preliminary protocol but having done this increases
your odds a million fold with making contact with Star Beings.

So as I am in this Sun-like radiant, Loving state, I put out the call for contact with
Spiritually Advanced Star Brethren. The thought is established and I verbalize this a
few times to get the 'echo' or affirmation affixed in my mind. I sustain this while
breathing in and out which I find of benefit.

After a few minutes of repeating & sustaining this intent/mantra, it becomes a solid
energy form of expression which is carried instantly throughout the Cosmos by the
carrier frequency of Love.

This whole process usually takes about 10-15 minutes to establish and after that
things start to happen...

As I have a pair of high-powered electronically-stabilized binoculars (Fujinon), I am


ready to focus in above me to ready myself for the appearence of any craft who has
responded to my request. As the Love has neutralized any emotional baggage
(mainly fear or negativity of any degree if they happen to be somewhere in my
conscious state), there is little or no resistance on their part to coming in for a visit.

They can tune into where I am location-wise and even know my line of sight in
which to appear within. One needs to make sure the focus of the binocular is set to
'infinity' so a stray balloon, sky flotsam or even bugs can be securly ruled out!

One may see some very transient appearances of objects that seem to become just
barely visible. These may be curious onlookers who do not intend to be the ones
intending to make the connection but are curious as to what is going on none the
less.

Then suddenly there is a point of light or glimmer which becomes quite apparent
and suddenly becomes larger and you can usually see the reflective nature of it's
metallic surface material. It will remain in a relatively stable and fixed position for a
time or may drift to one side or the other very slowly. This is the entry point and an
energy connecting you to them is felt. It can be a very subtle energy though
noticeable or very very strong, whereby you are being scanned.

This scanning energy can feel quite intrusive and may cause you to have a bit of
fear as you feel the consciousness of someone 'checking you out'. It's difficult to
explain but you know when it's happening to you. This scan usually lasts for no
longer than 3 minutes in duration.

A ship can take on a variety of forms. Metallic reflective properties are the most
predominant characteristics observed. These craft can take the shape of orbs, ovoid
or egg-saped dimensions. They can be flat like a quarter, long and thin but slightly
bulged top and bottom, and yes even the stereotypical saucer-shaped with a dome
on top.

The metallic look can be very, very reflective or dull, almost non-reflective.
Ocassionally there will be craft which are more porcelan in appearance with a more
white-ish color. The metal can be colored as well. Golden ships, yellow, red, orange,
blue, even multi-hued crafts in which the colors undulate constantly are not
extremely rare to experience from time to time.

Then there are more solid colored craft which CAN seem to look as of they just may
be a balloon. It's a good time at that point to look at the setting of the focus knob to
remind yourself that what you're focused on is set on infinity, beyond the focus of
the clouds...

Sometimes they are football-shaped and may have what looks like a rotating 'dot' or
'eye' which revolves around the craft. Sometimes they are barrel-shaped and
sometimes pastel luminescent tones of color variants will be observed.

Now there are a VAST array of ship designs out there as well as strange energy
components to these craft. I have seen what looked like a blue lotus-shaped craft
which looked like it is made out of glass! I have seen plasma-based craft which
seem alive and as one area shrinks, another extends out and vice-versa. It's a
diverse universe out there...

The first close encounter experience I had in which a craft & I were engaged in a
one-on-one interaction, had a craft that went between a solid, reflective metallic
outline (the sun reflcting on surface with a shadow) and a solid red-orange glow
with NO reflections or hint of dimensional depth to it. It would shift every four or five
seconds between energy states...Interesting indeed.

The craft may come in for a brief encounter and may choose to stay with you in the
sky for no longer than a minute or two, or choose to remain in the sky for over an
hour.

NOT all the experiences have a telepathic component to them but occasionally they
do whereby a vision or a thought which is unique to your own may become
apparent. It's not an instant thing but seems to take one to two to three minutes to
become solid and undeniable. Maybe the shock of something just flashing in your
mind is why they choose to do it that why...I am not sure.

Sometimes ships come in pairs! Or threes or even fours on occasion. Sometimes the
same craft type in a group, sometimes multiple types flying together. They may
appear uniformly stationary or they may be somewhat independent of each other.

Also I have seen where as one is completed with spending some time with me,
another will enter the scene and the craft before it will make an exit. They never zip
off rapidly like the more earthbound sightings typically report but rather drift off,
drift away becoming smaller & smaller in a few seconds or blur out.

It seems that when they do arrive a 'rip' in the sky occurs where you see them but
then you also see others zipping past or come into view. This may have to do with
opening a specific viewing area for the contactee or it is simply opening a portal of
dimensions where they exist that is linked to our 3rd dimension thereby becoming
visible to our world. Hmm...???

An initial introduction to them may be quite powerfully emotional. A feeling on


connection may be experienced that may cause a feeling of family, like a
homecoming after being away for many, many years. It's a feeling of Loving
connection that will make your Earthbound familial ties seem to pale in comparion
yet, paradoxically, will bond you even more strongly with your family here on Earth.
Don't ask me how that one is pulled off, but it happens!

At some point early on in your experiences, having had this powerful loving
frequency transmitted though you, you may feel transformed or Blessed or Re-Born
in some capacity, lasting quite some time, perhaps a few months...although the
residual effect I have found to be life-long. It changes you and for the better...You
begin to realize how sloppy your thinking patters have tended to be.

Other subtle paranormal attributes may precede an enounter. The sighting of


eagles, hawks or birds of various forms may be a component of such an experience.
Other times after encounters you may feel compelled to seek something out online
or in bookd that you never had even thought of before. There is just so many
amazing facets to this close encounter phenomenon that point to telepathic or
energetic transferrence we are just beginning to understand.

Today my encounter was brief, about 7-9 minutes in duration. A metallic, reflective
ovoid craft came in, hovered above me and seemed to respond to my thoughts sent
to it with a brightening of it's reflective characteristic. I would send it a thought and
it would 'brighten'. As this happened about 15 or 16 times I felt it was more than
just the sun catching it causing more pronounced reflections as it it rotated.

I did not receive any discernable telepathic transmissions but I did feel the energy
shift as it revealed itself. Also I noticed that the rip in the sky albeit an invisible one,
again demonstrated that other craft can be seen traversing in the background.

Afterwards, a feeling of connectedness and peace overcame me and something


compelled me to write all this to share with others.

KNOW that this sort of thing is not exclusive to me or 'special' people I firmly
believe.
I believe everyone has an intrinsic RIGHT to this connection with our galactic
neighborhood & cosmic relatives if we are pure of heart, sincere and exert a good
deal of focus and concentration. Perserverance!

I hope you enjoyed reading about something which may sound a bit 'out there' to
you but is something I'm quite familiar with and have been doing since 2002
successfully.

Maybe it will inspire you to pursue your own connection to our visiting Star Brothers
& Sisters. It is by far the most meaningful undertaking I have experienced in my life
thus far. My intent with writing this is to open your mind to the possibility of this
being an experience you yourself can have should you choose to initiate contact.
It's all down to choice, my friends...

'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART IV


2:30 PM - 'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART IV
Category: Dreams and the Supernatural

'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART IV


Monday October 23 2006

Another clear day, another opportunity to make some new friends and learn something
new. Without too much prepatory inner work, I attuned myself to the State of Loving
Oneness and merged with the Sky (atmosphere, Cosmos).

It's been a whole lot easier since they had given me that really powerful, Spiritually
revitalizing energy transference a few contacts ago. Easier for me to enter the
particular state of being that's most conductive for a successful contact.

So some amazing things happened today. Amazing things revolving around a BLUE
craft. This craft was a different blue craft than the previous one I interacted with a few
days ago.

Was this 'Eia'? Was this craft the 'Blue Dove'...Lauren? Help me out here. My friend
Lauren had mentioned this Being and her craft. A female ET she is familiar with.

I 'll have to see what Lauren thinks...

The feeling was very, very Loving, Positive, and responsive - the craft made several
large arching orbits above me as it listened to and responded energetically to me. I
asked it to come closer and it did. Like most craft, it seemed to look a little bit
different from time to time due to the position it is in and how the sun's reflection hits
it.

At times when it was at it's closest, it would tilt forward and when it did this I got a
great look at this craft.. It was a disc that seemed to have a really light blue but
deepening (prism or materials reflection slight changes).

The disc had what it looked like inner rings / grooves which looked like 2 or 3 thin
black inner rings amid the shiny blue disc. The inner portion was a flattened dome,
dark, and semi-shiny. This was a cool sports car if I ever saw one. That's the model I
want to drive when I get my space license! : )

They/She stayed with me for a good long while, over 25 minutes..Could have been
longer.
Yes, there were other craft too. And a lot of sky whisps or flotsam and jetsom floating
about.
I know that when these occur one can be fooled for a moment by one of these
whatever they are. Their focal range is a bit closer to Earth so that's good, but not
always...

So how do you tell the difference?

Well, this stuff tends to float with the localized jetstream current's direction, so it
usually goes in one direction, looks like dandelion debris or whispy stringy stuf...
Of course, when you have an actual contact, they come in above you, hover or bob
around a bit, and do not respond to any wind direction. They respond to your
thoughts-you feel and see the connection most every time. They send you amazing
energy or thoughts and send out an electromagnetic or similar energy wave that you
FEEL; it's not negative but sort of tingly, 'buzzy', subtle feeling.

I was having a great, wonderful time with this group. I felt included, as if I can ask for
my relations with them to continue on, as I felt with the initial ET group I had my very
first contacts with.

There were two hawks which had suddenly become present VERY high up in the sky
before my Blue friend became visible. This is common.

I had to cut it short because my drum student had arrived and, well, just 'cause... ; )

*Lauren, feel free to append to this blog should you receive any further insight
regarding Eia : )
'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART III
2:27 PM - 'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - PART III

Current mood: energetic


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural

'I See UFOs In Our Skies...' - P A R T I I I


October 20, 2006

Fridays are usually pretty free for me to investigate the skies. As I sat on the bed
today, I was definitely think about going out to skywatch as the positive effect I had
resulting from the contact was priceless and really brought me a lot closer to the
feeling one gets when they're in a state of pure Loving and as one with the cosmos.
Intuition is more apparent and the feeling of synchronicity seems like it's a natural
byproduct of this state of being.

Since I had lost a little bit of the pure connection, I felt a little left of center. After all,
when one had been initiated into the greater Brotherhood of Loving All-
Connectedness, anything other than that state is 'left of center'!

I used a Light/Sound device* to day to just go a bit 'self-immersive' to reclaim some


of that divinely connected feeling to be more immediately 'with it' when I start out.

*A light/sound device are the devices you use to entrain various brainwave
frequencies that are related to the different states of consiousness, namely beta, alpha,
theta and delta. These units use the goggles that have the flashing led lights. These are
coupled with headphones and the unit dials in the flicker rates and binaural sound
beats which work together to entrain the brain.

I went outdoors, got comfortable and took several deep breaths to invigorate my
system.

Today, as easy as it was yesterday, even more directed in the right space to be, I began
to stare at the sky and LET GO...

I remembered the Loving place I was interacting yesterday and attuned my mind to
being the atmosphere, being the galaxy yet in one spot, within Love - where micro is
the macro in that Love is instant and as such more like 'plugging in', knowing my
energy transmissions for making contact have instant access and needed not to be sent
out somewhere in space and time.

Love makes the unimaginable distances where some may dwell a sustained focus
thought away...! I sent the call for contact with Spiritually Advanced Loving Beings...

What appreared in four to five minutes time (average time is 10-20 minutes) was a
metallic sphere above me, which began to move about a little bit. Like yesterday,
there were others who were seen in the available viewing field in the sky, but the main
craft is the one who usually comes into view directly above me, and then after that
with varying results (whether or not it engages me or inspects the situation or just sort
of say hello and moves off.

Today was interesting...I felt that though my vibration of Love, access was granted for
this area in the sky to opened up. I was interested in Loving and Blessing my friends
today, just sharing their Loving vibe and that's what was given to me.

Again and again, a craft would become visible DIRECTLY ABOVE me, with interest.
I felt a reciprocal giving and receiving acknowledgment and positive energies. None
would really stop and be the focal point for an exchange, though they all made their
introductions to over directly overhead as if 'blipping in', manifesting their ships
countless times.

Many of these craft looked similar. Was it the same craft over and over, just
repositioning itself? I'm not completely sure. It seems as if the intended encounter that
was established
today was one of demonstrating the connection between that state I was in and how it
resulted in an opening in sky whereby many many craft were able to perceive this and
respond.

Of course I'm double checking and triple checking my focus to absoultely be sure that
this
phenomenon was not one which was bugs ir stuff in the sky spinning about.

Also, there was zero wind factor today, eliminating the possibility of materials
somehow being flung way up in the local atmoshphere.

It was that countless craft were wantng to just be there with me, or watching this or
participating in some way.. After I had tried to have an exclusive contact, I let go of
that notion for a bit, just radiating and being One in that state of Pure Love Vibration...

Then I thought to myself how I would like to have my blue friend come in once again
for a visit.

I sustained my focus and intention for this and after about five minutes I got my wish.
They came back and I could feel this Loving Beautiful energy pulse and surge with
me.

This lasted maybe ten minutes or so and I felt them pulling away so I Blessed them
and let them leave.

Then I started to notice some rather beautiful disc shaped objects come down to
become visible. These discs came down lower than usual and I could clearly see the
disc shaped design and reflection. Some were as it they were both tethered together
around a central force of gravity, making them rotate and move together in a mutual
orbit around an unconnected center. Cool.

I saw a few others that had this tethered together look to them. A few other craft were
barely discernable shades of red, or orange...I felt absolutely Blessed that I had access
to a pretty busy scene.

Then came an AMAZING site.

The wildest weirdest craft I have ever seen...just about.


I'll say one of the wildest or most exotic, definitely one of the top 5 strangest
contraptions
I've yet seen.

This craft came over and at first I thought it was a bunch of baloons yet it was way out
there or it would have taken some focal adjusting to see it clearly.

But no, this wasn't a bunch of balloons. It lit up yellow white and was round, then
over the yellow white bright round light was this wraparound element of a dark purple
which darkened the 'orb' and the dark purple turned to a red color-sort of, like the red
was coming out the backside to this thing. It morphed into the shape of a bean (!) and
again it lit up bright. The sides of it (what sides?) were rectangular and silver. This
whole weird morphing sequence sort of repeated but it just seemed so odd and bizarre.

This one, as the blue craft and the craft tethered together, resonded to me by
stabilizing it's position in the sky.

I felt what felt like I was being scanned but it was not so intrusive or the effect was
more subtle than other times I was 'scanned' or whatever you want to call it.

The craft seems like a creature out of some Gozilla movie. It was like an octopus
which was changing its colors but also had an effect on the shape of it.

Other than the scan thing, there was no real response from this craft, but it blew me
away.

Eventually, within 10-15 minutes at most, this Gonzukatronocktaplasm thing went


away as well.

The area of activity was still present with other metallic discs present in motion, but
for some reason I felt tired after these experiences and as I came down from a place of
Loving centeredness (though still reamining where I was sitting), the 'access' seemed
to fade or close/shut down.

Tired, but feeling so Blessed and in awe of some real sights on this Friday, I
peacefully went inside the house...
………………………………………………………
Recoding Our DNA
BY: Mary Mageau

Date Published: Thursday, November 30, 2006

Our entire solar system and the Milky Way Galaxy, has now entered a highly
charged portion of space. We are immersed within the Photon Belt (Menasic
Radiation), a period of intense light we first entered in the late 1990s and in
which we will remain for a 2,000 year period. During this remarkable time
the energies from the Photon Belt are triggering a complete reordering of
life as we know it. This occurs because photon light energy has the capacity
to lift all of life into a higher frequency dimension as it carries the seeds for
the enlightenment of all. The atomic structures within the cells of our
bodies are slowly re-tuning themselves to match these rising frequencies.
We are shifting from a third dimensional carbon based body (from one that
matches the atomic frequency and spin of carbon) to a fifth or higher
dimensional crystalline body or light body (to one that matches the atomic
frequency and spin of crystal). So too the bodies of animals, plant life and
all upon
and within the earth are making this transition, as is our entire galaxy.

As the process of rebuilding our light bodies continues we will slowly begin
to notice the effects of becoming fully conscious or multi-dimensional. This
state will come about when our 12 strands of DNA have finally been re-
fused, reconnected and activated. We will then experience life within the
consciousness of multi- dimensionality. In this level of consciousness we
could live in the third dimension while retaining our connection and
relationships with beings in the higher realms. We will no longer be cut off
from other dimensions as we presently are and we will operate from a state
of heart centred compassion, (Christ consciousness) . This will happen
regardless of which dimension we find ourselves inhabiting. Eventually we
will learn how to live successfully in a galactic society and ultimately in a
universal society. At the present time most humans have two active strands
of DNA, represented by an intertwined double helix. Some persons have
developed and integrated
three or more strands and a large number of new babies presently being
born (the crystal children) have many strands of active DNA. A simple blood
test can verify this fact.

Each of the 12 DNA strands represents one of the twelve aspects of multi-
dimensional consciousness. Three DNA strands represent and govern the
physical body, another three are concerned with the emotional body,
another three with the mental body and the remaining three with the
spiritual body. All these aspects are represented in our bodies as new neural
pathways to the brain. They are connected and nourished through the
endocrine system of ductless glands. These glands work in tandem with the
energy vortexes within our bodies known as the chakra system. When all
neural pathways are working freely with our chakra system they will provide
the conduit to the higher realms, resulting in our experience of multi-
dimensional consciousness.
The Chakra System
We live in a universe propelled by the laws of electricity and magnetism and
all third dimensional life forms within it reflect this. Our stars and planets
(geo-magnetic life forms) all have a north pole and a south pole with
magnetic lines of force flowing between them. Our human bodies (bio-
magnetic life forms) also conform to this bi-polar magnetic field, with the
top of our head reflecting our north pole and the soles of our feet, our south
pole. In a third dimensional representation, these lines of force moving
between our head and feet completely encompass the body within an
etheric structure known as a tube torus. Imagine this donut shaped
energetic field extending fully around your body. It is called your aura. Have
you noticed that when meeting another person for the first time you may be
instinctively drawn to them? This could be evidence that both of your auras
are vibrating in sympathetic resonance. The same would be true when the
presence of another feels
uncomfortable. Perhaps the electro-magnetic energies in your auras are
repelling each other. At the center of each bi-polar magnetic field is a
magnetic core running from north to south. In the case of a simple bar
magnet it is a magnetized piece of metal. In the case of the bio-magnetic
human body it is a channel, only observable in subtle matter, called the
pranic tube. Within this core the life force is carried to sustain each
individual creation during its existence.

Every spiritual tradition identifies and acknowledges the life force, that
great field of potential that gives rise to and then sustains each and all in
existence from moment to moment. In Chinese spiritual teachings the life
force is called qi or chi, (e.g. Tai Chi, increasing the life force) while the
Japanese and Koreans call it ki, (Reiki, healing with the life force). In the
Indian and Tibetan traditions it is identified as prana. The Christian tradition
names the life force, sanctifying grace or grace. Practitioners of new age
spirituality refer to this field as the light or the white light, and to the
physicist, it..s known as the sub-atomic or quantum field. At this time the
life force is also being intensified and expanded by the Photon Belt. As you
move among numbers of people going about their business in any large city,
you can notice and identify many of those who are suffering from a
diminished access to the life force. It shows in their state of health, their
sense of openness and self confidence and even the way they relate to
others and carry themselves. We must all access the life force fully and
completely to maximize its benefits to our daily existence. Our chakra
system is the vehicle that has been beautifully designed to fulfill this
function.

Chakra, is a Sanskrit word that translates as ..a spinning disc.. or ..a


wheel... It is one of many human names for what is perceived to be a bio-
physical connection to our soul or spirit. These energy connections or
chakras exist in that the soul or spirit is immersed in the physical body and
mingles throughout. At present we each have seven of these energy
connections that are woven into our body..s meridian centers with some
lying along the spine. These centers are similar in function to the junction
box found in the electrical system of a home or office. Our physical body is
also controlled through a vastly complicated neuro-electrical circuitry, with
a number of special locations where these circuits converge. Each of these
locations is monitored through a special mini neuro-computer connected
through the central nervous system to the brain. It is these specific locations
that are called chakras and each fulfills several functions. As well there are
certain endocrine glands
associated with the functioning of each chakra. And since the vibratory field
of light also activates color and tone, each of the chakra centers produces
its own specific color and sound.

RED, (endocrine gland: the adrenals) the root chakra, links us to the
physical world and serves as the foundation to build and evolve our
personality. This is the chakra of acceptance, allowing us to feel grounded,
stable and secure. When it functions fully we feel present in the here and
now and connected to the physical body.

ORANGE, (the gonads: ovaries/testes) the pro-creative or sacral chakra is


the center for sexual energy and creativity, balancing the free giving and
receiving of feelings and emotions in all your relationships.
YELLOW, (spleen) the solar plexus chakra is where our honor, integrity and
power originates. It is the essence of who you are. When it is open we are in
control and hold sufficient self esteem.

GREEN (thymus) the heart chakra is the center of the system. Known also as
the great transformer it generates the ability to love freely without fear or
self consciousness. When it functions fully one is compassionate, friendly
and able to work harmoniously within all relationships.

LIGHT BLUE (thyroid) the throat chakra is where feelings and emotions are
transformed into expressions. This chakra centre helps you find the balance
between silence and speech and assists you to say what you honestly feel.
When it is open there are no problems with expressing yourself verbally or
artistically.

INDIGO (pineal) the ..Third eye.. between the eyebrows above the nose,
connects you to your spiritual being and invites intuition and awareness into
your daily life. This center allows us to experience our sixth sense of
intuitive knowing and to fantasize.

VIOLET (pituitary) the crown chakra connects you to your total being with
the awareness that you, the universe and the Great Creator are all one.
When it functions freely we are unprejudiced and aware of the world,
ourselves and other dimensions.

The DNA Strands and Endocrine Glands


Each of the following twelve DNA strands represents one of the twelve
aspects of multi- dimensional consciousness.
Strand 1: Courage to move ahead and integrate our fears
Strand 2: Ability to focus on something and follow it to completion
Strand 3: Maintaining gender balance between male /female power
Strand 4: Balance between our energy field and the physical body
Strand 5: Living peacefully in a state of acceptance
Strand 6: Strength to stand in one..s truth regardless of the outcome
Strand 7: Ability to accept both our dark and light sides
Strand 8: Ability to hold personal boundaries regardless of outcomes
Strand 9: Ability to accept and live within a diverse community
Strand 10: Ability to tune into and listen to one..s soul or higher self
Strand 11: Power to envision, create and manifest these visions in 3D
Strand 12: Ability to be accepting, kind and appreciate the value in all
things

The Endocrine Glands


Hypothalamus .. I translate what I believe
Pineal .. I see or envision what I receive
Pituitary .. I hear what I receive
Thyroid .. I speak what I receive
Thymus .. I clear and transmute what I receive
Heart .. I feel what I receive
Gonads - I create and manifest what I receive
Adrenals .. I hold true to what I receive

And so in the recoding process each strand must be individually reconnected


to each gland and then activated. This provides the DNA upgrade needed to
sustain full consciousness and communication with the higher realms. These
aspects are represented in physicality as new neural pathways to the brain
and when the connection is completed our multi-dimensional consciousness
will be fully felt and accessed. The light from the Photon Belt entering
through our pituitary and pineal glands is primarily driving this recoding
process. Also we are being reconnected very slowly otherwise our physical
bodies and our nervous systems could ..burn out.. and we would not survive
intact. We can actively co-operate in this process by trying to reach some
understanding about what is happening to us. Our ability to interact with
and absorb the new frequencies of light into our physical bodies, will
determine how we progress in this next step of our physical and spiritual
evolution. And by
carefully observing our belief systems and our actions, while using emotion
and will as the fuel to advance spiritually, we will change and clear many
undesirable old thought forms and patterns that no longer serve us.

Be wary of those who offer techniques to hasten or unduly advance your DNA
recoding .. particularly if these carry a large price tag. Many higher beings,
angelic guides and masters are actively involved with us at this time. They
are assisting each of us in this recoding process to ..stay over our feet.. and
not try to rush ahead. Nor is this procedure hastened by anything that we
can read in a book or buy in a bottle. It is occurring in exactly the right time
frame regardless of how we might try to interfere. This scenario is immense
and includes our entire Milky Way Galaxy. It is happening in response to the
Divine Plan for our universe, initiated by the Creator of All That Is. So relax
and go with the flow, allowing all of it to manifest in its own good time.
Enjoy the ride. The final results will be awesome and will usher all of us into
a multi-dimensional experience of living with compassion in Heaven on
Earth.

'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - P a r t II &


'Reflections'...
8:01 PM - 'I See UFOs in Our Skies...' - P a r t II & 'Reflections'...

Current mood: content


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural

I See UFOs in Our Skies II & Reflections


For those who read the original article..

What I've decided I'm going to do is catalog my extraterrestrial / spiritual 'contact'


experiencing by way of a bulletin post, describing in detail the UFO experiences I
may have over the next few months or so.

It's diverse out there and it's hard to get perspective on that unless the information in
presented in a cumulative way over a period of time.

Since I do not attempt to initiate contacts every day it will be a somewhat intermittent
bulletin post.
The similarities, differences and patterns of separate events may lead to broad
speculation about the workings and interworkings of these various intelligent Beings
who operate within and without our Local Earth atmosphere. Any and all possibilities
or theories about what I write about is encouraged...there is much we do not know.

I want to show how frequent it can be, how beautiful or spiritually meaningful it can
be and to how vast and just plain incredible it is out there. I would like to get you used
to the idea that events like these can and do happen. I want to give you inspiration and
insight by describing what I go through mentally in order to facilitate a successful
contact as well as what the mind may experience during a one-on-one close encounter.

I will also transpose the text of my bulletin posts to my website:

http://homepage.mac.com/davkobza

They will hit blog form after they show up on the bulletin boards.

I called this 'reflections' because I had a very intense contact experience TODAY. As
this was very personal and intense I feel the need to journal my experiences as they
come, but to freely share them to those who want to know what's out there...

Today's experience I'll Write up in 'I See UFOs in Our Skies (Part II) which I'll be
writing tonight. I think you'll find it fascinating! : )

The experience I had a couple of days ago was typical for an 'early
response'...

How so? Well...

Early on in establishing a series of successful contact experiences,


contacts will seem like introductory 'lessons' with the Star Visitors:

You have the sighting, and feel the EM energy shift that's
transmitted but it's usually a more short-lived visual lock-on event
with little or no intimate, psychic interaction.

It's only when you have a few days under your belt of going into the
meditative, immersive state merging with the cosmos etc., that you
have altered and raised your frequency to a level which facilitates
clear, involved, psychically / emotionally powerful interactions.

I think sometimes those the first few experiences are moreso that
these craft come in to observe what energy they can apparently
sense, but that my slightly un-refined and fluctuating mental /
emotional / focusing state actually blocks a deeper connection.

But then it becomes easier to a degree, to see some really beautiful


craft! And usually coupled with that clear and overt contact, where
they can clearly and easily seen, is a psychic element which has
some consistencies but can result in several methods of how it
affects what's going on, to either instruct, move you to think about
something or to influence emotionally related understanding
through direct experience.

...I never said understanding telepathy was easy!

So today...

As I sat down to surrender and immerse myself with the Cosmos, I


seemed to be able to almost instantly merge and get into the zone
of being part of all things. I went into a very deep and connected
state of awareness wuth the realm I had a taste of the other day.

I felt the zone I had achieved was very 'on target'. And of course it
turnd out to be.

With 10 minutes, maybe 15 at the most I felt the charge of subtle


EM energy. Also, I notice a visual distortion (very slight) in the sky
above me. It just seems active, like you are seeing
the little things which your eyes can produce, but in a defined region
in the sky. It's something most don't pick-up on or witness. It's very
subtle but there.

So not too long after that slight EM energy becomes present, I


witnessed a beautiful blue craft make it's appearance above me.

We connected instantly, deeply and very highly charged with Love,


Blessings, respect and of fellow Brethrenship. The beautiful blue
metallic craft made it's way closer, though not too much. It was
turning and slightly bobbing about.

Like last time, the rip of where this craft has entered into the
atmosphere to become visible again, allowing various other
traveling craft to be seen. While most ships in the background and
around this blue craft were silver,.a few were white or dark
(undiscernable)...

The blue craft was projecting an incredible, strong Loving energy


into me. I am quite familiar with the feeling. It is a tingling feeling
the solar plexus experiences, and it like butterflies of Love are
tickling you. The feeling is most closely related to the feeling of
falling in Love.

I returned this Love and requested that they work with me Spiritually
- that I want to advance and become more Loving and connected
with the Cosmos. I feel tremendous bursts of being one with this
energy of theirs and I witness their craft actually becoming
luminous, like going from a med-light metallic color to a lit-up light
blue color within a round metallic frame which wasn't glowing. I felt
that they are quite responsive to 'working' with me.

I'm receiving the sense of a flash back of connected, ALL-Loving


state of being. Surges through my being are like waves of relase
from shackles of my present state, which was embumered and
limited by threads of self-imposed limitation.

I can feel their sense of wishing to continue to participate with me.

I Lovingly ask them to come to the left, my left. And like Prophet
Yahweh UFOs which move to his wishes, it made it's way left and
slowly spun and rotated.

After about 20-25 minutes I was in a very 'modified' state of


awareness.
The Blue craft and I said our goodbye. He came back in 2 dynamic
whoosh appearance/disappearance movements in the sky.
Remember, I'm wearing my electronically-stabilized
binoculars. The Blue craft. although was quite visible and was at a
distance of focus just past the clouds, to the naked eye, it was
barely visible and would easily be lost (blue on blue 'blues') : )

I was still very much in the zone so after blessing and thanking my
new friends to no end, I put out the call. I was greeted after about
four or five minutes by a metallic sellow-ish silver craft. The yellow
hue to the silver could very well have been an energy around the
ship causing a haze which I noticed; like when you have a picture
and apply some softness filter to cause some sort of 'hallmark
moment' warm & fuzzy look, even though the clarity and detail
remains...

This craft was again very stable in the sky and I felt like this craft
was more analyzing peacefully who I am. Like a more Loving,
observant perspective, perhaps they being from
a team of researchers here to undrstand man. Not feeling too 'alien'
they did feel like they were here to observe our planet & people. So
we sat together and a few times there was some clear DEEP &
HYPERFOCUSED feeling of consciously facing each other in
observation and recognition. The common thread? Again, Love.

We ended up our meeting after around 15 minutes. The rest of the


day and evening I have been able to immediately tap into the place
of Spiritual center and Oneness whenever I chose. Like I was still
connected to the Wonderfully Loving and Receptive Beings aboard
the Blue Craft.

Though they didn't give me a clear head count aboard their craft,
which has happened before a few times, there seemed to be a group
of 5 Beings, though that's not definite.

I feel I have more to integrate that they reminded me of. More things
I have had as a part of me but have 'forgotten' over the past several
months. That tapped in rapport, sadly, is not part of how we humans
interact. So, it goes after a time. You gradually forget sometimes,
but thank GOD for the GIFT of being put through a strong induced
Spiritual flashback as this contact experience has served to acquire.

Goodnight everyone!
Friday, April 13, 2007
9:43 AM - A Little Bit About Myself...

Current mood: optimistic


Category: Life
A Brief Self-Description and Explanation of My Personal
Experiences with UFOs & ETs

To begin, I suppose I could be considered as some type of


'Indigo adult' though I dislike label like this...There's a long
check-list of characteristics that can help one discern whether
or not they may be an 'indigo'. They are not cookie-cutter
consistent across the board but there are many parallels and
recognizing others of like energy is fairly easy.

More accurately I have come to know myself as well as


actually having been professionally evaluated to be what has
become known as a 'Starseed'.

If you are unfamiliar with what that is or entails, I suggest


going to Dr. Richard Boylan's website: (www.drboylan.com). There
are articles which outline in greater detail what these
distinctions are comprised of.
I have always been 'different', with very different interests,
abilities, etc. I won't go too much into my musical past, which
was an amazing journey in & of itself. I have played many a
venue, and met those I'm pretty sure you'd recognize. Very
fortunate was I but this text is about my life and the ET
experience so I'll move right along...

These days, what pervades my everyday reality is the Knowing


that I have established & sustained a deep, loving and soul-
related connection to a group (actually a few groups, to lesser
degrees) of off-world human being-type celestial friends I call
my 'Star Family' and the inner knowing that this Reality/Truth
needs to be communicated & shared openly with the greater
public at large who know very little of the many positive ETs
present all around our blue planet.

By Star Family, I mean that I share a deep, as of yet not fully


understood connection to a particular group of extraterrestrials
who are by our standards quite human in physical appearance.
I've come to the understanding that I have a Spiritual
connection with them to some degree from previous
incarnations/lifetimes. The more familiar human-related
similarites end there as their level of spiritual understanding
and level of Pure Unconditional Love is powerfully felt and
likened more towards what I would describe as Angelic.

I certainly never understood what Love truly is, this all-


encompassing dynamic energetic force of Creation(God),
which Love IS until I experienced for myself being in relatively
close proximity with these galactic humans. I'll add that these
relatives of ours (like older and wiser family members) are
absolutely real and more importantly, available to you should
you sincerely reach out with an Open, Loving Heart coupled
with a well-thought out, clearly defined experiential directive
using mental focus & the power of intention.

They have the ability to transmit their own Frequency through


a human body/spirit/soul (as I experienced it), allowing this
expansive Loving Bliss-state to flow within every molecule.
Having had this transmitted directly through me was like a
form of psycho-spiritual education. Call it an upgraded
Heart/Love understanding through direct experience of the
higher vibrational states of being...

It was easily the most emotionally-meaningful revelation I've


experienced.

These are paradigm-shattering changes, producing periods of


compassionate self-examination of our inner/outer, personal,
global and moral responsibilities. The human race will need a
similar 'upgrading' of the Heart very soon.

Having shifted personally, what one previously ignored is now


considered.

As this shift transforms a person, not into some naive, gullible


fool's fool but, rather, into one whose reality has become far
richer, expanded & dynamic than most of what society deems
possible or worthy of consideration

However, being 'in the know' as it were is not as easy as one


might envision. Having had a transformative experience which
changes one's life is all at once both precious & precarious.
No, it's actually a lonely place more often than not. It's not
something which is too familiar at present for most in our
culture to be informed on - about people having benevolent,
positive conscious interactions with beings who look pretty
much no different than us. Media has failed to cover this
(actually more of a controlled media 'black-out')

Instead, people have been served up massive amount of dis-


info and a healthy dose of fear due to the sweeping propaganda
campaign which has saturated television - A campaign only
interest in conveying to you that little grey aliens violate us
human folk by way of anal probes, et al, and snatching you
from bed in the dead of night and scaring the shit-o-kis out of
us denfenseless human beings.

They sensationalize by getting the guy who had the biggest


psychologial freak-out for you to 'learn' from...Be Aware.

The fear is unwarranted, there are so many more around Earth


closer to our level of evolution who are here to assist us, to help
us grow spiritually. They are considered 'Service-to-Others'
type beings.

They are in your skies everyday, by the way, yet just beyond
our visual spectrum. They are essentially 'cloaked'. And this
world of ours is VERY protected. You just have no idea and no
context to accurately guage the amount of oversight to ensure
the REALLY bad Rogue alien groups do not incinerate us for
fun in the sun some afternoon...

Lots of politics out there regarding Earth...You'll come to know


this in time.

I have contacts or experiences with various groups on average


about 2 or 3 times a week. Their craft materialize in our 3-
dimensional reality, are easiy seen as they generally remain
stable in the sky and use, like I said, telepathy as all advanced
humanoid species use telepathy it appears.

I was introduced to these off-world human being-type


extraterrestrials in 2001 as a result of a series of events which
led me to having a fully conscious face to face interaction. This
changed my entire life (as you can well imagine!). The initial
experience was a paradigm-shattering event and as such
changes a person fundamentally, which was very difficult at
first to integrate into my life. In fact I'm still struggling with
what has been given to meas to be in service to others in the
capacity that is needed.

But anyway, what I am saying here is that I basically had an


initial introduction to these off-world beings, and subsequently
have had numerous encounters with these very Loving, if not
Angelic-type beings...And that it holds a greater puprose or
meaning as yet unclear to my conscious mind.

These interactions continue to this day, the last one being two
days ago I think. The contacts I do have are primarily 'upkeep'
or 'check-in' in nature, and they visit in craft from a distance
connecting telepathically.

Usually what occurs after the fact is a kind of clarity of


information or concepts which had previously been given to
me, adding to, or helping me through refining what I had
perhaps initially received but was getting stuck with for any
number of reasons. Sometimes nothingis communicated but the
'rapport' you could say is sustained by the one on one
interaction alone.

Sometimes it simply is to instill a word or idea which I then go


pursue on my own, for better or worse. That's why there is
subsequent 'clarification' neccessary. The feeling I have come
to realize is that they aren't going to do the work for me, but
that they are allowed to guide me when needed.

So obviously this is not the 'horrorific' over-publicized


abductee scenario, but rather my contacts are fully-conscious,
telepathic and in the physical. This may seem incredible but
what am I to tell you. It simply is. It is a very complex
situation. And I'm not trying to prove anything to anyone.

It's a blessing and a bit of a curse at times because it makes


most of what our culture embraces and satiates itself with very
difficult if not impossible for me to be part of. The blessing is
in KNOWING. The knowing is on a number of different levels
but w'ell just say knowing to be quick and easy. :)

I am relatively good friends now with Dr. Boylan, Dr. June


Steiner as well as a number of researchers interested in my case
history. I have met several others with similar life paths whom
I've come to know from participating in a private meeting
forum, going on a year-plus now. We share our experiences and
see our commonalities of insight, feelings experienced, our
experience of their behavioral traits, patterns, tendencies and on
and on.
There are thngs I know and many things I do not know, perhaps
for their (and my own) safety which can be frustrating being
kept in a state of limbo you could say. Also I have had some not
so good dealings with quasi--governmental persons. That's a
whole other issue, but in short, they apparently wish to keep
tabs on this activity for any number of reasons.

I am clairvoyant as well. I am extremely sensitive to energies. I


could tell you if there is UFO activity in the sky on any
particular day simply by feelling the energy in a particular
location. I discovered with Dr. Boylan that my body's radiant
bioelectric field fluxes higher than average human beings. That
has been measured. And other things have I been tested on I
won't mention here.

It was I who needed answers. I never set out to be different of


course. Thank God for these experts in their field who were
kind enough to give me some insight into what I was
experiencing.

There are many at different levels of becoming aware of who


they really are. Many of the troubled youth are one phase, the
'crystal children' are another. (although I dislike labels).
As the planet's vibratory resonant 'signature' is changing, so it is that we (our entire
being) in subtle and not-so-subtle ways are responding sympathetically to Our
Earth. Why? Our Hearts beat sympathetically to the frequency pulse which
surrounds the planet. Without it our hearts would stop beating. Did you know that?

It's called the Schumann resonance, and it is raising. This particular heart/earth
frequency relationship is scientific fact and I'm sure it can be located on the web.

No it doesnt mean our hearts are beating faster now, but this higher vibration or
frequency Mother Earth is raising to and sending out is changing ALL life on the
planet. Changes are afoot...Can you feel this transition we're within?
I have a website which has some interesting material on UFOs and ETs, as well as
pictures, video & documents: I welcome you to visit if you're interested:
http://homepage.mac.com/davkobza

Thanks for taking the time to read a little bit about me.

David
8:11 AM - • Messengers of Love (My Initial ET Experiences)

Current mood: contemplative


Category: Blessed. Life

Messengers of Love
From Visionary Dream to Eagle Initiation
by D A V I D

Early Days
I was only 5 or 6 years old when I had a rather odd experience. I was in my room and I
was in a half way sleep-wake state. Outside my room a man, a rather tall man in a very
shiny, wrinkly silver suit was interacting with me. I really don't remember what
transpired, but this man in a moment's notice became a tree.

A tree? Well, I freaked and ran into my parents room when I could muster up enough
bravery to do so. So a nightmare, right? Case closed....Perhaps not.

We had a local public library, and I can remember me, with my light blonde hair and little
J.C. Penny safari shorts being escorted there by my mother in the summertime to
check-out books.

I was like a magnet to any and all books pertaining to UFOs and/or ET encounters.
Facts, not fiction was I interested in. The police accounts, the photographs, the various
stories captivated me.

Well, I believe every single book related to the topic had been checked out, sometimes
two or three times... But why? This was actually in the time before Close Encounters,
before Star Wars, and no reference to the subject at home to really even spark an initial
interest. Who knows...

Regardless, I had a insatiable appetite for the subject. My early artwork reflected my
interests. One piece in particular from age six depicted a classic saucer, a small alien
(grey?), and a beam of light emanating from the craft itself to a little human guy....was it
me? Can't say for sure, it was a long time ago.

Any coincidence that this was after my silver man transforming into tree 'nightmare'?

Maybe...

I always felt I was the black sheep of the family: No good at sports, sensitive, not into
much except Sci-Fi, monster or weird off-the-wall movies, and an affinity for sound
effects and movie special effects production...So yeah, a bit in my own little world.

Sound/special effects in movies I obsessed on. It transported me to another place in my


mind. I ordered sound FX audio tapes and would play them, visualizing scenarios
abstract, involving space, spacecraft and star beings.

There were a couple more 'dreams' dealing with an amazing, brilliant rotating metallic
craft above my home during one of the afternoons when my mother was working and I
was home alone...

All these visions are so clear in my mind to this day. Mere coincidence? I often wonder
as most other memories from that time have long since faded through the mists of time.

So I was a bit of a creative loner in elementary and junior high school, but a funny,
curious and inventive kid with a high IQ, completely immersed in the Beatles, Outer
Space, the paranormal and metaphysics.

Then I discoverd musical interests. Early in life piano and organ, single stringed old
abused guitars, chopsticks and pots, pans and tennis cans. But Drums! They discoverd
me. And I was hooked.

Long story short, I progressed at an accelerated pace. Tops of my class in music


studies, learning drum parts note-for-note, transcribing numerous involved drum charts
while studying piano, guitar and music synthesis. And in charge of getting the
percussion section into off-campus mischief. I had a great time...!

And onward into college...Berklee College of Music. One of the top schools for
contemporary musicians/jazz musicians. Entered at highest level of proficiency. Straight
A's, toughest teachers. So thing were going great..Well I had a nervous breakdown. I
crumbled within yet persisted in pain, ending up doing some damage to my inner well-
being. It happens.

Nonetheless, I auditioned for a popular Bay Area band. I got the gig, and saw myself
through 2 and a half years of touring, recording, writing and trying to stay centered as
best I could, while being a crazy musician. I did have some serious FUN.

Yet even still, throughout all this I never completely healed myself and put on the game
face while living though inner pain secretly. Regardless I played out fo another 3 to 4
years playing 4 to 5 nights a week in the bar scene. That reality gets real old though.
It was then that I landed a wonderful position at Apple Computer as an Audio Engineer.
Top dollar, great environment-all is well, right?

Well...

One night I had this very lucid, visionary dream that affected me and my entire life.

In this dream, I was witnessing ET craft from my kitchen window, and I was struggling
try find a tape and then batteries...And a gentle female voice spoke to me inside my
mind yet it was coming from all directions. It said to me, " David,You seek to capture us
on your equipment, well you need to BE READY David. You should be prepared to do
this..."

Like a delicate echo in a hallway within me, this soft yet authoritative voice reverberated
deep within my Soul and I suddenly awoke...I kept thinking about that dream. I couldn't
put it to rest.

Out on a Limb
Wiithin 2 weeks of having that dream, I had left Apple, obtained a high quality digital
video camera and other related equipment, and set out on a Mission based on a vision
to capture UFOs on video by a gentle female voice...Crazy? Sounds a bit reaching....but
read on.

Like the dream had emphasized, I felt it was neccessary to get organized and acquire
the proper equipment. A High-End Canon GL-1 miniDV digital video camera, lens filters,
etc. were simply aquired without a even a second thought.

From the very first day of my attempting to capture UFO footage I was successful.
There's lots of technical data I'll not watse time here with. I learned that to capture
activity, a high shutter speed was needed because they are so fast, our eyes never
register them accurately. Many times I'm sure you have probably glimpsed 'bugs' or
'birds' whiz past silently out of the corner of your eyes and accepted it as such...

I'm here to say that some of these transient optical anomalies are in fact, craft.

So I learned that as I filmed and focused, the amount of objects captured would
increase. Starts off slow, I focus sending out an invitation and a major influx would
happen. Again and again.

During this time, I'm beginning to receive insight in subtle ways. Words began to pop
into my head, and after I would go look them up on the net which lead me toward further
understanding. Words such as "pineal gland", telepathy and "Star Friends" (rather than
aliens or ufos) were a few of many which come to mind that began to come up
incessantly. Concepts like "heart radiance" and "intention" ...more and more like this I
experienced.
Early Warning
I was moved intuitively to let go of the video taping to focus more on contact using my
mind & heart as a telepathic means of attraction. And just as important, to be specific
about the kind of beings I was hoping to meet.

During this time I had seen a distinct pattern: that after 20 minutes of focusing, hawks
and/or eagles would begin to circle around and begin to directly cross over me and
circle directly overhead. Intuitively I knew that this was part of what I was to understand.

So with binoculars in hand and sincere intention coupled with sustained mental
focus/opening my Heart, I began to see certain 'things' - not craft outright, but hints of
circular craft structures coming into view. They would be semi-translucent, rotate a bit
and be gone. I felt something was indeed going on.

Then early one morning I was outside on a very clear day. I had gone through my
routine (by that time I had been guided into having an actual protocol that felt 'right').

I noticed two very distinct, large and rather odd Eagles flying over head. They were
deep maroon in color, from head to tail. Their wingspan large but the length of the
feathers on their wings (in the head to tail direction) were abnormal. They were simply
too long. These birds seemed artificial, even mechanical.

Something was not normal here. And their color of maroon was solid and vibrant from
head to tail: a characteristic not found in neither Hawks nor Eagles indigenous to the
Americas...Or anywhere else on Earth I later learned.

Then there were three. They did a maneuver which was a bit odd - they went sideways
in unison, equidistant from each other, ending up directly overhead and began to circle
clockwise directly above me. As I watched these birds I'm just not accepting that these
are natural birds. The color, the dimensions....just wrong. Are these fake, um birds?

Suddenly they all raised, again as a unit in altitude several feet or more and then
became a blur. I thought my binoculars went bad. At this moment, they disappeared
alltogether, and a beautiful Crimson-red object appeared in their place.

This object was quite close overhead, and seemed to fluctuate between a distinctly
metallic structure, with the sun's shadow upon it, and then becoming a glowing, sightly
more intense crimson red color which did not reflect the sun. These two states of craft
characteristics..back and forth, every 3-5 seconds.

It was tilted and slightly rotating, just hanging in the sky above me. All at once I was
caught between nervous, ecstatic, euphoric, disbelieving, wonderment and absolute
curiosity. Intense and a mind blower. I was stunned, literally.

I began to feel something I had never felt before. A field of energy pulsing through me,
like scanning me. It was I felt at the time intrusive, penetrating my being, my guarded
secrets, just all of me. I was nervous, quite nervous during this period which lasted
maybe 3 or 4 minutes then felt okay. I attempted to communicate but received no
answers. I did feel that there were several occupants onboard.

I was in a state of rapture. Sending love, feeling a response but my conscious mind
heard nothing,

So it was just them and myself in close rapport, as one for 35 minutes. I eventually let
them go and they began to drift away.

I knew then that UFOs were a REALITY not just speculation and that shattered a lot of
what we humans have as far as a backdoor escape hatch of psychological defense to
keep us in the 'well it could have been this or this but maybe not' state of being all of us
are berfore something like this destroys that.

Paradigm Blowout
My whole belief structure and how I perceived EVERYTHING was undergoing a change
at that moment although I didn't have a clue.

The next morning I thought I would try again. As incredible as was the first encounter,
sure enough they were waiting for me overhead and we spent 15 minutes or so together
in observation and at the time, a one-way communication from me to them it seemed.

I really had no one to tell of my experiences. My girlfriend was full up, frustrated at my
dedication to this feeling less than and ignored. So I felt very alone in my experiences.

Then something miraculous happened. The second evening I was home alone in my
room. And an image started to become noticed by me. It was a visual projection of
being a towering Angelic-like being which had eagle-like attributes. As I closed my eyes,
I fell into this experience...

There were three or four of us outside of space & time. Our feathered plumes were
irridescent red, and were ALIVE. It was if they were cloaks of the soul experiences
attained from material lives...Woven together. The other beings and I shared no words,
yet were of complete knowing of each other's totality. A Grand, incredible knowing which
was so peaceful and so blissful...beyond anything I had felt before, or since.

I could open my eyes and be back to this reality, and close them to jump back in this
lofty dimension. AMAZING.

This lasted about one week. Anytime I chose, I could be there. I wrote free-form poetry
describing this and expressed my experience through art and music.

It was come to my mind that these ETs I encountered were the Messengers of Love,
and had a specific agenda of Service to Others. So it was that i began to change.
Change in good ways....I began my journal and could only wonder what lay ahead. The
original first-draft is available to read in blog form - Visions of the Kindred Angelic Soul Realm

So that set me on a path of discovery that was building momentum. I had learned from
guidance and being led to the internet that being very specific in who it is you wish to
contact is not only possible but the smart thing to do, in that there are many beings out
there, some perhaps not so considerate of our personal space. So I worked on the best
thoughtform intention that would be best.

I focused on spiritually advanced intelligences from Arcturus as I had heard about their
highly developed spiritual nature. As such, an amazing blue-plasma like craft came into
view. At the time time I gave up the v-camera for a telescope. This beautiful object
extended in one area, shrunk in another in constant, almost a liquid or plasma like
behavior. I felt a very positive showering of energy.

I felt like the craft was a construct for my benefit as they need no craft to be here, there,
and everywhere(beatles anyone). They spent an hour with me.

During the time it was occuring, my mother had come out into the backyard to water the
plants. "How's it going?" she said. "Oh just fine Mom" as this craft was glistening and
undulating above, far enough away as to not cause a stir for here or anyone else.
Funny.

Eventually, in my refining my intention and realizing what it was I wanted beyond mere
exposure to the reality beyond our world, I came up with "I am seeking contact with
Spiritually advanced benevolent beings who are BEST SUITED to work with me for the
greatest benefit for all" or to that effect.

This expression starts slow and deliberate said several times like a mantra. Once the
focus of each part of the sentence is sustained and merged as one, it is projected out as
a single energy form. Hard to explain...

On that day a silver craft came in. On it's left side was reddish, the whole craft shiny
silvery metallic in nature. This was somewhat shortlived, only a couple of minutes
before it simply disappeared. I was feeling satisfied of this event, however.

The Arrival of 'M'


This expression starts slow and deliberate said several times like a mantra. Once the
focus of each part of the sentence is sustained and merged as one, it is projected out as
a single energy form. Hard to explain...

On that day a silver craft came in. On it's left side was reddish, the whole craft shiny
silvery metallic in nature. This was somewhat shortlived, only a couple of minutes
before it simply disappeared. I was feeling satisfied of this event, however.

As it turned out, the next day was my birthday, July 24th. I went outside sat down to
ready myself once again. I looked up and there was already a craft just sitting up there.
Of course I allowed the possibility of a baloon to be the explanation. As I focused upon
it, it moved out and towards the center of the sky where I was sitting. It was a white ball
with a shadow-solid. I began to transmit my thoughts to it and it began to change.

It went from the ball to the silvery metallic craft I had seen the day before! I thought this
was rather interesting. So I attempted to start up a dialogue. It was shape shifting
seemingly in response to my questions.

Now in the midst of my attempt there was a feeling of a quality I had NEVER felt before.
It was a 'Grand Family Reunion'! It was like all my Birthdays, Christmas experiences
and the Fourth of July - all roled into one, coupled with the sentimentality of a 'coming
home' essence far beyond any emotional experience I've ever had with my own Earth
Family thus far...

I was Euphoric. The whole thing playing out as it had was just so Surreal, and yet it
actually happened. The feelings and emotional magnitude is very hard to explain with
words.

"Welcome Home David" was conveyed though feeling, resonating through my every
cell. Then I began to get a vision or sense of who it was I'm speaking to.

A vision of a female human being in a red, sparkle-laden jumpsuit began to fill my heart
and my mind continuing to unfold moment to moment. Also, a group aboard yet she was
the designated occupant for interaction with me. A name was unfolding. I kept getting
"M". M...then "Mar". My mind wanted to go to 'Mars', but that was not it I felt, so I was
left with Mar...

Finally, I shortened it for convenience sake as simply, 'M'.

This was my introduction to M - She was and is a part of my Star Family... And on my
birthday no less! What a GIFT. I was on Cloud 9 to put it mildly. She spent a good 45
minutes or so with me. The next day, again there they were. This continued on over the
next several days. Well, this was all during the time I was moving to Austin Texas. So I
took some time off, packed up, moved. All the while I was worried I'd lose the
connection.

Moved to Austin. Dealt with a girlfriend, who was lying on me, cheating on me, She had
lied to me urging me to move out to Austin, then laying on me that she was seeing
others all the while. I was really devastated and overwhelmed. A new unfamiliar town,
my heart ripped out and then under pressure to meet a demanding booking itinerary
with a new band I had previously secured on a 3 day trip to Austin. Humidity? Fist-sized
moths?!!!..

I focused once again to contact 'M', my saving Grace. So I Prayed in between my


'stress sandwich' predictament.

M had indeed followed me out to Austin! So happy I was for at least that one precious
link to Love...
We connected several times. More happened, but come spring I took a vacation back to
California to visit my parents and friends, and to my familiar place.

Again there they were. But now a new phase was introduced. As I was becoming more
developed with opening my heart, "...as wide as the rays of the sun" (M had taught me
that initial Key), I began a series of experiences which I call 'Bless fests'. Other
'associates' of M would come in and we would reciprocate a very Pure, High degree of
Love and sincere blessing toward each other.

Many many ships materialized to make their presence known, one after another after
another this unbelievable happenng.

Discs...flat ones, dark ones, oval-shped craft, rotating 'spinners', groups of two, three,
four, cylindrical objects, Gold craft, Red craft, yellow, as well as Silver and white Orbs,
Rainow-hued craft, Blue-crystal flower-shaped craft came by to spend some moments
(between 1-3 minutes roughly), zipping to where I was focused and perfectly stable with
the help of some hi-end electronically-stabilized binoculars, (I highly recommend them
for this sort of thing).

Collective Galactic 'Soul Kiss'...


So, this massive influx of such a variety of unique aerial objects was nothing short of
stunning and totally miraculous to not only be witness to such a event but actually
participating in...

How many types of craft are out there?, I wondered. So yeah looking back...that was a
good day...!!! In the course of two and a half hours I must have been blessed by
upwards of two hundred craft. I could feel the differences-albeit subtle-between these
various beings aboard these vehicles.

The energy was simply likened to the Holiest of Holy events the mind can conjure up.It
left me with my mind split wide-open in waves of gratitude and Love which was like a
soft fuzzy blanket wrapped in unshakable conviction-That's how I'll describe it right now.

The day I was to leave back to Austin, I came out to say my goodbyes, to Bless with
ALL of my Heart and soul. M was there for a moment, and several flat silver discs rising
up and toward me were there. I prayed that I wouldn't lose my
sacred rapport. I thanked and thanked and blessed and just was beaming!

I felt kind of sad. Never had I had (nor heard of!) such a gathering of the tribes not to
mention VIP seats. Make that VIP seat. Felt like that.

I finished up and got up to slowly walk inside, in a state of bliss and gratitude. As I was
walking inside, just above my rooftop (that's really low), a FLEET of 12-15 (could have
been only 10) dull-silver discs, flat, passed by left to right in perfect formation and
disappeared where the angled rooftop section of the house began. They had never
been seen by me so low, so close and so overt!

I was grinning profusely and just shot them such inspired Pure, Authentic Love.

I took two or three steps and suddenly realized this transmission had to have been by
the cluster of discs I just saw outside...

I was feeling an energy I'll never ever forget:

This fleet (and whomever else) projected unto me a


'Soulkiss' or a Group Angelic Love 'Kiss' which was bestowed upon my forehead
spreading like roots in rapid-motion down into my Heart and out into the room. It
conveyed the Love they have for All of Us, that I was to KNOW this capacity of Love so
as to better understand the greater parameters of this thing we call Love.

It brought me to my knees, literally. I wept. I wept as I was consumed in a state of


gratitude and a state of Living Grace. This forever changed my receptivity and
awareness of the dynamics of Loving. My mind functioned
a bit differently from then on. My sloppy thinking, my garbage that I'd accumulated
through the course of my life here on Earth was on a steadfast path towards a place of
being dissolved or greater understood for what it was truly worth.

As I sat and soaked all this moment's energy up, I almost missed my flight! The song
'Angel', written by Jimi Hendix, captures the intimately understood, divine essence of
the quality of Love they shared with me...so dont play it unles you want to see me well-
up with tears! : )

This was the turning point in my life whereby my need for external spiritual knowledge
began to turn inward. It wasnt all out there, which is an endlesss undertaking, but rather
within, consisting of LOVE, COMPASSION, GIVING, SERVING, FORGIVENESS and
ACCEPTANCE.

For several weeks solid I was this resilient, Radiant Shining Core of absolute Joy and
Love. I was given the GIFT to taste how a state of high vibrational Love produces a
miraculous state of Divine Flow. A state of Grace.

Where Synchronicity and Grace are experienced, situations blossomed in perfect step,
many times seemingly against all logic...Forever changed, yet my.. Greater Path of
understanding and actualizing my True purpose had actually just begun.

My personal relationship with my off-world Friends & Family continues to this day...
Blessed BE.

... . . .Thank You Lord. . . . Thank You my Lord. . . . . . . .


Blessings Unto You!!!
DAVID

OPENING THE HEART CENTER

The heart chakra is the gateway to connecting the lower three "Earth" chakras
with the upper three "Spirit" chakras. It is through the heart chakra that Spirit
is grounded on Earth. When the heart chakra begins to open, then the
spiritual quadrant begins to open as well.

How can the heart chakra be opened? Music and singing are one of the
fastest ways to open and align the heart chakra. Singing or chanting for
twenty minutes a day can do wonders. This is what bhakti yoga is all about.
Loving someone or something (animal or garden) also develops the heart
center. Focusing the giving and receiving of unconditional love allows the
heart to open and expand. Love can take many forms, such as caring,
understanding, forgiving, patience, or compassion.

When the heart chakra is opening, often energy blockages are felt. It could
take the form of pain in the back or chest. We are all suffering from broken
hearts, and as we allow ourselves to open and become vulnerable, we begin
to get in touch with our heart pain. There will often be deep sadness and grief
to be felt and cried as we begin to heal our hearts. We may have insights into
why the sadness and the tears, but it is not important to know where the
sadness is coming from - only to allow ourselves to feel it and let it come up
for expression. As we begin to heal and align our four lower chakras, we often
become aware of our fears, which can move into anger and then into sadness
and grief, which can be transformed into love through our heart chakra.

When we open our hearts, we begin to feel the love and joy and peace. We
will also feel the pain; that is all part of an open and vulnerable heart. We
need to learn to detach from the pain and not attach to it personally. We allow
it as just another natural emotion - no better, no worse than our other
emotions. ALL of our emotions need to flow in expression and not be blocked
or repressed. There is really nothing to fear from any of our emotions. If we
accept and allow our feelings, they will quickly move through us. However, all
blocked emotions, without exception, will ground out in some other way, such
as through physical illness or violent outbursts.

So part of learning to open our hearts is learning to accept and allow all of
who we are. To do this with grace, we need to be kind to ourselves. We need
to be gentle and nurturing with our feelings and emotions. We need to treat
ourselves as we feel a small child would want to be treated - with no
judgment, just love and compassion. As we open our hearts, we begin to find
out who we truly are. Our true essence emerges...

And our true essence is LOVE.

What is 'Contact' ?
Friday, April 27, 2007
7:30 PM - What is 'Contact' ?

Current mood: indescribable


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural
Contact with extraterrestrials opens you up to a vast communicative arena, within it a diverse selection
of humanoid beings-Some similar to us, some not-so-similar.
Work with those you can see yourself relating to. Those you would be comfortable with. Loving
benevolent beings, beings who are in the Service-to-Others capacity. Perhaps Human-being type Star
Brothers and Sisters may be 'safe' to your psyche...

Whatever your choice is, be clear and have clear intention regaring these parameters of contact
experience which you decide.

What is 'Contact' ?
Peruvian Wisdom from Mission Rahma

"Contact is communication. It is to establish a bridge of unity between souls and


minds, guiding them towards a trascendental goal, like the one of creating the
necessary conditions for personal and collective realizations."
- Oxalc, an extraterrestrial guide

It's indispensable to understand the meaning of the word "contact," to understand its
transcendence clearly. We need to do this because, at first, this word makes us think
only in what's obvious: contact with beings or brothers from other worlds.
Nevertheless, by taking a deeper look, this word reveals its essence to us, an essence
that speaks about inner contact, the kind of contact that lead us to Truth, Knowledge
and Freedom.

Let's go back to the words transmitted by the extraterrestrial guides, who, through
countless messages make this point clear.

Let's begin with the words of Oxalc:

"The contact is more than a possibility. It is a potential that all must discover inside
themselves. It is a reality between this and other worlds, between this dimension and
others through connections and interdimensional bridges, built with a purity of
intention, with conviction and much love. And this is more than a reality, it is a need
of the process of growth which is accomplished by sharing."

"The real contact is that which allows the eyes of the soul to look into the essence of
things and into the hearts of people. That contact arrives when one has reached the
capacity to feel and to perceive beyond the physical senses, reacting with both hands
selflessly outstretched towards another being, doing what's best for him."

"Contact is communication and communication is communion in action. Only when


we participate in the same action, a greater and more intense communication can
take place."

Phases of the Contact Process


According to the extraterrestrial guides, the contact has three phases:

1- Contact with oneself.


2- Contact with one's family and friends.
3- Contact with the Cosmos.

Oxalc explains this concept in detail:


"The contact process follows three phases or levels. The first one of them is each
person's contact with himself. This first type of contact consists of initiating the
process of self knowledge by introspection. This requires us to venture into
observing ourselves as we truly are, in order to change and to become superior
beings.

Nevertheless, this is not donein order to be better than others, but better than who we
are. The adequate way to achieve this is in meditation. The second level of contact
requires of the previous one as a necessary step, and it is established with those
beings that are closer to us, like family and friends. This serves as a trampoline for
achieving contact with humanity with a higher level of commitment because the
family is the the main laboratory for inner growth and for experimenting with love."

"Without communication among you, it's not possible to establish the connection
with the Cosmos. Moreover, we become interested in reaching you, when you
connect with others and through others, the reason being that it is through you that
we'll reach the rest."

Contact With the ET Guides from the Cosmos

The contacts with the extraterrestrial guides of Mission Rahma began in 1974, when,
in Lima, Peru, the first telepathic message was received. Oxalc was the sender and
Sixto Paz was the receiver. Since that day until today, thousands of contacts have
been received and many of them were confirmed with sightings of spacecraft, not
just in Peru, but in different parts of the planet, as well.

From that first message onwards, we were told that we shouldn't forget paying
attention to communication in any of its manifestations and forms. We were
continously reminded that most of the unfortunate incidents in our world were
precisely caused by poor communication among human beings.

Without a doubt, our contact groups find their most important source of information
in the messages. From the begining, the Elder Brothers emphasized the importance
of not interrupting this link.

Regarding the contact experience they say:


"The contact experience can never be the search for a show, satisfying
egoes that create a distraction from what is fundamentally being proposed.
The contact attempts to achieve a commitment and a change of life in favour
of humanity.

With our presence, and that of other interdimensional entities related to the
contact experience, we seek to give support to that commitment and to that
change and, also, to help you maintain your interest and dedication, as you
strive to find your own advancement."

"Little by little, you will have to learn to perceive and to value the spirit behind
the messages, but you will only accomplish it by assuming the risk of
receiving them and the risk of erring in this attempt. Surely, you must
courageously face the challenge this entails, with an adequate disposition
that can be achieved with a previous preparation."

Extraterrestrial Guide Oxalc:


Different Types of Extraterrestrial Contact

The extraterrestrial contact is that one which is achieved with beings from other
planets of the (seven dimensional) Material Universe. These beings attempt to
communicate with us, bequeathing messages for humanity. The different types of
contact could be listed like this:

1. When these beings arrive with their spacecraft in direct physical contacts or they
send holographic proyections, in which their images appear, but less clear.

2. With the presence of these beings' spacecraft at close range or when they send
their espherical energy monitoring decices, called "kanekas" or "caneplas."

3. By conscious astral contacts, preparing the individual for future physical


encounters.

4. By mental contacts, which can be telepathic and/or psychographic (by automatic


writting).
"We understood that the most important contact, the most trascendental encounter we
were having, wasn't even with them. It was among ourselves and within ourselves. ~
Ricardo Gonzalez (Mission Rahma)

Thursday, April 20, 2006


3:56 PM - Time of Sorrows

Current mood: optimistic


Category: Life
Time of Sorrows
We wish to remind you that these losses are a passing away of all that is not
in keeping with the frequencies of peace, joy, and love that make up Terra's
foundation. They are a passing away of all that has kept people from truly
being free to express themselves in all of their fullness. They are a passing
away of everything that has CAUSED sorrow and the lack of peace, joy, and
love on this planet. It will be a time to grieve one's losses, but it is also a
healing of the root of those who suffer every day from the losses of personal
freedom that have come down through the generations of ignorance, control,
and penury.

So while this time is upon you now, we want to tell you how to be with this
experience, so you can receive it for the healing that it is. We also want to
express our support for you and your transition, and to explain how it will be
after you have withdrawn from the planet for awhile, so that you can
understand how the pieces of the puzzle fit together. We expect that having
a frame in which to see through, it will make it easier to bear.

We are aware that you are very caring individuals, and that you have a
tendency to identify with loss and suffering so much so that you experience it
as if it were your own. In particular, you feel this way about those least able
to protect themselves -- innocent children, elderly, those who are crippled by
disease, animals and plants, and those who are already beset with life's
harsher aspects. We ask you to detach from all of these individual dramas, to
instead create a tent of your love over them, like a bowl or container in which
these things can play out to their end, and the healing that will result from
having gone through those experiences.

Losses
Many losses are coming now. We ask you to hold forth where you are, with
all of the love you can muster for the entire process, independent of the
details of each calamity. For calamities will be so numerous, it can and shall
overwhelm many. We ask you to understand the real purpose being served
by the calamities, to see them as a healing for the planet and a release from
the conditions that have occurred over the millennia. We ask you to stand
where you are and continue to sound your note.

We ask you to do this until the time comes when the portal arrives, and when
you move through the portal, to not look back upon the calamities you are
leaving behind. You are moving to a place where you will let go of any sorrow
you carry, to prepare yourself to offer comfort at a later time, when it will be
of some use.

You see, at this time, the cleansing of the sorrows has just begun, and many
are destined to depart through the portal of "death." Your time to be of use is
not until this time of sorrows has come to an end, and you will extend a
helping hand to those who have been transformed by going through them.
Remember that a higher purpose is being served through all of this, and
therefore, there is nothing to fix and nothing to stop. It all must come to pass.

You can always pray for as smooth a process as possible in keeping with the
highest good, but it is important to detach from specific outcomes, and most
importantly from seeing any of it as either a judgment or punishment. It is
none of those, for everyone is just being who they came to be, in keeping
with the Creator's desire to experience everything.

No one is being punished. No one is being judged. Those ideas are a


creation of man, not of the Creator. As we have said, to the Creator, all of Its
creations are good, in that they serve the Creator's desire to experience all of
the possibilities through Its creations. Everything that exists is in existence
solely to serve the Creator's desire to experience everything.

Cleansing
In speaking of the "end times" or "last days," many people judge others
because they are different or believe differently, but the Creator does not
judge. Many people say that THEY "are the way, the truth, and the light," and
if anyone does not follow THEIR precepts, they will suffer an eternal
punishment. There is no eternal punishment. There is no heaven; there is no
hell. There is only the Creator, expressing through Its creations. All things
stem from the Creator. All that you consider "evil" in the world stems from the
Creator. All that you consider "good" in the world stems from the Creator. The
Creator is All That Is.

Do not pay attention to the rhetoric of those who are enmeshed in division,
hatred, fear, and rage. Many will be losing control and acting out from those
places of division, hatred, fear, and rage. The response will be dramatic, and
the only response that will be effective is to institute more and more control.
Health care delivery systems, especially those that treat mental disorders,
will be overwhelmed, and a system of triage will have to be resorted to.
Those who cannot be helped will not be helped. Those who will survive
without help will not be helped, and will have to rely on themselves and their
own resources. Only those who can be helped within available resources will
be helped within available resources. And those resources are about to be
taxed beyond the ability to respond.

A time of tyranny will follow this time of sorrows. It will be the response to the
losses and the need to institute order and control, which will be yet another
loss -- a loss of personal freedoms. All systems will be stressed to the
maximum possible, and many things will be sacrificed that people have
come to take for granted. Many things will be in scarce supply, and to control
the fear levels that would result in riots and mass hysteria, more controls will
be put in place until everywhere you look around the planet, helmets and
guns will be seen. These measures will take place against the backdrop of
growing discontent and a kind of unleashing of a wild beast. Nations are
entities, too, and when an entity is in pain, it lashes out against what it
perceives of as the cause of its pain. It identifies the cause of its pain as its
enemy, and moves to destroy its enemy in order to stop its pain, but the
reality of war is that it does not stop pain -- it increases it. And so a spiral will
be set in motion soon, and that spiral will build upon itself until everything
appears to be out of control. Then those who thrive on power will institute the
controls that preserve their position and the spiral will continue to build until
all will appear to be heading into the darkest days ever seen upon the planet.

The sheer numbers of people actually contribute to this spiral. Consider that
1,000 years ago, there were many fewer people on the planet, and their
technologies and modes of transport limited them in the kind of destruction
they could wreak on a given area. The Bubonic Plague killed many more
than the puny forces of people could, but now there are superpowers with
superweapons, capable of destroying the entire planet singlehandedly. There
are other nations with more limited resources, but with enough people being
drummed into hating others, alliances will coalesce and the united resources
will throw everything possible at their enemies. It will be like the entire planet
has gone insane, but it is a madness that is already there, festering unseen
and just waiting for the right circumstances to boil forth.

Madness Boiling Forth


We tell you this now, to prepare you for this time of sorrows, so that you will
know how to respond. Your time to withdraw also helps this healing process
go forward. Until now, you have been acting like human lightning rods to
anchor the higher Light into the planet. You have done this and the Light is
doing its work of scouring every atom clean of its contaminants. The resulting
"sludge" has to go somewhere, and it will outpicture in this image of human
suffering, but please understand, it is just the PURGING of the suffering that
has existed and gone on for millennia. Many of you have memories of this
suffering, for you experienced it yourselves. In this present life, you received
it as a legacy from your elders, who received it as a legacy from THEIR
elders, and on and on, back through the dim reaches of time. Your Oversouls
have created many lives, and played out many themes, but now it is all
coming to an end. This, you might say, is the "great end game" -- the game
that will play out and then the end will come.

This time that has now arrived must occur for the ending to be a happy one
-- in the end. This is a last look around at the things that the Creator desired
to experience, and then you will move on to something else. You have your
part to play, and you will be the deliverance from suffering that will be so
welcome at the other end of this time, but in the meantime, focus on your
own healing, focus on your own transformation, focus on what you CAN do
to support your own transition, for it is only when you are fully transformed
that you will be able to provide meaningful relief and support for others. This
period of sorrows is upon the world now, and it will last until it is over and it is
time to clear the stage altogether.

Focus on Your Transformation


Please understand that all of this has been anticipated, has been prepared
for, and we are doing our part to help all of you, and through you, millions of
others when it is time to do that. But each thing progresses in phases and
stages, and this is where you are at in the overall process at this time.

We leave you now, in peace, honor, and blessing. Amen, Adonoy Sabayoth.
We are the Hosts of Heaven.

Saturday, July 08, 2006


3:37 PM - Fourth Dimensional Relationships
Current mood: hopeful
Category: Romance and Relationships

Fourth (Fifth) Dimensional Relationships


This is the key to healthy relationships, not being bound by the third dimensional
games we have learned to play... this has made it around to me care of Kaley on my
friends list, who takes beautiful pictures, check out her page after you read this... ok
its not that the third dimension is bad... its just that the fourth dimension leads to
pure ecstasy, where you are able to get with someone on every level.. you know..
merge flames, immolate.. fire, basically.

3D: 3rd-Dimensional Relationships


The way relationships normally work
with us here in our 3rd dimension.

as opposed to..

4D: 4th-Dimensional Relationships


The way relationships normally work
on the 4th dimension.

3D: SEPARATION
Separation is only an illusion.
Separation from the God Source.
Separation from each other.
And separation from aspects of our self.

as opposed to..

4D: INTEGRATION REINTEGRATION


Everything and everyone are really all connected.

3D: SECRECY
Witholding information from my partner & from myself.
With secrecy, my partner never gets to know who I truly am. Keeps me separated
from the greater portion of myself.

as opposed to..
4D: HONESTY OPENNESS
Total honesty with my partner.
With honesty, my partner gets to know who I truly am. Honesty means being 100
Currently listening :
Sgt. Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band

By The Beatles
Release date: 25 October, 1990
2 Comments - 2 Kudos - Add Comment
3:22 PM - Close Encounters And Personal Transformation

Current mood: contemplative


Category: Life
Close Encounters And Personal Transformation
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.

One of the most striking things about a first encounter with an extraterrestrial is the
intensely personal feeling, dialogue process, and relationship formation that goes on
almost instantaneously, when the lead extraterrestrial of a group engages a human
contactee in mind-to-mind communication.

Often a feeling of love is experienced from the principal extraterrestrial. A bond,


often life-long, is forged between the extraterrestrial and the selected human visited.

The bonding experience that takes hold between a human Experiencer and his/her
primary extraterrestrial contact person leads to feelings and behaviors that sustain
the relationship. The attention to this relationship, and the nourishing of this
relationship by both sides, ET and human, is one of the more touching aspects of the
Extraterrestrial Contact phenomenon.

As a young woman put it: "I got a feeling of wanting to be bonded with the ET's.

I find myself missing them. When I was with them, I had a sense of peace, love. You
become a part of the (principal) ET individual dealing with you. He becomes your
counterpart."

This ET communication, after the initial close encounter in-person with the
Extraterrestrial, will frequently be from a distance. The message is telepathically
projected into the mind of the Experiencer.

This communication can take several forms: a message given during sleep, during
what appears to be a "Dream"; or an insight or intuition that a person wakes up with
that s/he didn't have when s/he went to sleep; or a sudden gentle or strong thought
that comes to a person during the day, that is so out-of-character with their usual
thinking as to draw attention to itself and suggest an external origin.

The close extraterrestrial encounter permanently affects the human involved. One of
the more common effects, in those Experiencers who have had competent debriefing
and counseling, is a sense of altered and heightened conscious.

Along with that goes the felt need to begin "cleaning up one's act" in respect to
practices which are at variance with higher consciousness. Some experiencers feel
drawn towards a vegetarian lifestyle, while other experiencers have felt an
imperative to get rid of habits which interfere with their full awareness and
consciousness. These have included jettisoning tobacco, alcohol, marijuana and
other drugs, caffeinated coffee, free sugar, and other consciousness-changing
substances from their diets.

I have humorously complained about being turned into a "Zen monk" by the ETs.
But the truth is that I have voluntarily made these changes, because they feel better
and the old habits repel me now.

Some pop UFO magazines would have you believe that the ETs are mainly
interested in exotic technology. The surprising truth is that the "punch line" of
extraterrestrial communication is the philosophical and spiritual messages they
bring. During an encounter, one late-20s male raised the topic most on his mind,
whether the extraterrestrials also believe in God. They do. With relief this
experiencer states, "The ET's back my faith in a Supreme Being." As a matter of fact,
some people who have had encounters have moved from agnostic or uninterested in
religion to start cultivating the spiritual dimension of their lives.

Of course the ETs understand God in a fairly sophisticated way. Numerous


experiencers have gotten the information that the Extraterrestrials acknowledge a
Supreme Source of everything. Furthermore, the ETs acknowledge a common link,
based on that common Source. Indeed, that is why they so often say to the human
they visit, "You and we are one."

One Experiencer reports her sense of having been subtly but profoundly affected in
the way she allows the spiritual to have a place in her life. For her, extraterrestrial
contact resulted in a spiritual awakening, or deepening. Furthermore, she gained
insight into the place of a practical spirituality in the course of daily living. "As a
result of my ET contact, I find myself moving away from materialism. I see better
that the spiritual and material realms penetrate each other."
There is not space here to lay out how the extraterrestrials' visit awakened her
spirituality. However, other experiencers have noted that exposure to these wise,
sensitive, deeply caring Beings, not to mention the change of perspective that comes
with awareness of intelligent life elsewhere in the Universe, causes the Experiencer
to move into more philosophical and spiritual life directions.

Why do the ETs go to the trouble of traveling across huge distances to come here?
One Experiencer, in her processing of extraterrestrial encounters, told of her overall
impression of the agenda of the Extraterrestrials. She had moved from initial anxiety
during the surprise of her first meeting, to a calmer and respectful appreciation of
their role at this stage of human history. Her pithy comment: "The ET's are here to
help us." Indeed, in my research with hundreds of experiencers, I have come to
characterize the visiting ETs as similar to our Peace Corps.

Yet another message speaks to one more central principle of the extraterrestrials
philosophy, that violence and warfare are to be avoided. As one young male put it: "I
got that peace is to be worked on -- it's important!" The extraterrestrials are quite
concerned with our proclivity for wars, and that we now possess the weapons for
mass destruction (nuclear, fuel-air, biological, nerve gas aerosols) that could cause
loss of life on a truly horrific and apocalyptic scale. Because life is sacred, this is, to
the extraterrestrials, unthinkably morally wrong. It is striking that even some career
military personnel, after an encounter with one of the space visitors, finds himself
wanting to move away from war and killing.

As a result of these visits and communications, an awareness comes to captivate a


number of experiencers -- a sense of mission. Sometimes the sense of mission is
quite specific, such as when a part-Native American housewife I worked with got
that she was supposed to get ready to do a lot of public speaking. Other times the
mission sense is vague. The Experiencer knows that s/he ought to be doing
something related to the extraterrestrials presence among us, but cannot yet get a
clear sense of what that task is. At still other times, the sense of mission is
unconscious. The Experiencer feels uneasy, restless, that something is not right; yet
s/he cannot put her/his finger on what exactly it is that s/he should be doing or doing
differently. This person will often struggle and think and consult until they get a
clearer sense of their mission.

Concern for the proper rearing of the children is another important principle of
extraterrestrial philosophy, whether those children are human or Extraterrestrial.

As a result of encounters, most experiencers develop a profound sense of the


importance of tending to the well-being of the children. As one older woman said,
"They communicated that it's important to steer the children in the right direction."
The extraterrestrials are well aware that the next generation is already forming now.
Visited humans come to share that passion for the next generation. Perhaps as part of
that awareness, the extraterrestrials often begin their campaign of contacts with an
individual early in his/her life, sometimes as young as preschool years, or even in the
crib. They believe that thorough preparation across the formative years is critical for
nurturing the developing experiencer.

And correspondingly, these humans feel deeply their cosmic roots, and that they
have a foot in each world - human and cosmic. Thus, these experiencers are
transformed into what the former General Counsel for the Smithsonian Institution
called "Homo Alterios Spatialis" - the Transformed Cosmic Human. As suchh, these
avant-garde humans pioneer the path that our whole society will soon take, as the
reality of ET visitation is acknowledged by the authorities.

Dr. Richard Boylan is a behavioral scientist, certified clinical hypnotherapist, retired


university
instructor, and internationally-noted researcher of extraterrestrial-human encounters.

OPEN YOUR HEART TO THE BEST OF YOUR


ABILITY AND, WITH INTENT, KEEP IT OPEN
Practice opening your heart with children, plants and animals, then
graduate to adults. Do this until you finally feel that your heart is open
24/7. Fear, anger, intimidation and many other feelings will occasionally
close your heart again. Be aware of this and open it up in a loving and
trusting way as soon as you feel comfortable doing so.

KNOW THAT EVERY CONSCIOUS BEING ON AND


WITHIN MOTHER EARTH, INCLUDING MOTHER
EARTH, HAS CREATED THESE CHANGES, THIS
AWAKENING, THIS SHIFT INTO A HIGHER
CONSCIOUSNESS WHERE THE OLD WAYS CAN NO
LONGER EXIST
Be aware that you as a spiritual being helped create the conditions that
are resulting in a change into a higher consciousness and faster vibration
of our whole world. Like most changes, many feel like they are being
forced upon us before we are ready or motivated to change. This is no
different. Take responsibility, smile and flow with these changes.

Our third DNA strand is now forming in most of us and the veil between
conscious awareness levels is dissolving. Many things that you could once
eat and drink will no longer feel or taste good to you. As every cell in your
body changes, there may be unusual aches and pains. Old habits and
attitudes that don't fit in this new vibration must drop away or they will be
ripped away from those who will ascend.

Love is the only thing that will remain. Anything that is


not of love will pass away or shift into another space
and time where that soul will continue its third
dimensional lessons.

LEARN TO TRUST YOUR GUT FEELINGS, YOUR


INNER KNOWINGNESS,
FOR IT WILL SAVE YOU WHEN OTHERS ARE LEAD
ASTRAY
This must become as easy as breathing. The age of innocence is over.
Self-responsibility is an absolute necessity. Practice by asking where the
best parking place is then add things every day until you are guided 24/7
by your inner knowingness.

SHOW GRATITUDE AND BLESS YOUR FOOD AND


WATER WITH THE INTENT THAT IT WILL ALWAYS
HEAL AND NOURISH YOU, NEVER HARM YOU
It is always important to express gratitude to everything and everyone for
everything. Water is conscious and until the time that Mother Earth is
completely healed again, blessing all that you eat and drink with the intent
that it will never harm you and that your body will benefit from it in some
way may save your life. I hold my hands over the food and/or water then
say the following statement: "I thank all who were a part of bringing this
wonderful meal to me and I now bring it to our (all of my cells and me as
soul) vibration." Anything that is of your vibration cannot hurt you.

FORM A FAMILY OF LIKE-MINDED PEOPLE AND


SUPPORT EACH OTHER AND YOUR GROUP
This is a time of choosing. Some will choose to ascend and others will
choose not to at this time. If there are weather related crisis or Earth
changes in your area, it will be safer and more bearable if you are with
friends, among those of like-mind.

WORK TO HEAL MOTHER EARTH, FIRST THE


WATER AND AIR,
THEN THE REST OF HER BODY
Water is conscious and our bodies are 98% water. Speak to all water and
bless it. Say, "Good life." Ask it what you can do to help all waters heal.
Bless every breath you take (automatically, of course, with your intent) and
actively daydream of a time when Mother Earth is totally healed again.

DEEP BREATHE OFTEN, ESPECIALLY WHEN YOU


FEEL UNBALANCED OR IN FEAR. REMEMBER,
FEAR IS FALSE EVIDENCE APPEARING REAL
With so many changes happening it will be easy to fall into fear and
become spiritually unbalanced. A great technique is to control your
breathing by counting to five while inhaling, holding that breath for the
same count of five, exhaling for a count of five, then holding that exhale for
five. When the five count becomes easy and relaxed, change to a six
count, then seven and so on until you reach a ten count for each stage.
This will also help you get to sleep easier and to relax to a meditative state
without much mind activity.

TREAT CHILDREN AND ANIMALS AS IF THEY ARE


THE
CONSCIOUS BEINGS THAT THEY ARE
This will be good practice of interacting with E.T.s. Many will look like
characters in Star Wars or Star Trek and all will respond to unconditional
love and attention.

DROP ALL OF YOUR PREJUDICES. IF YOU HAVE


TROUBLE WITH SOMEONE NOW OF A DIFFERENT
COLOR OR NATIONALITY OR RELIGION OR
POLITICAL VIEWS, JUST IMAGINE HOW DIFFICULT
IT WILL BE FOR YOU TO ACCEPT E.T.S WHO LOOK
VERY DIFFERENT THAN YOU DO
There might come a time in the not too distant future when no matter how
prejudice you are towards someone of a different color, nationality, religion
or political view, you will find yourself delighted just to see another person
of Earth. Especially if you choose to work on some distant planet for
awhile.
IF YOU CANNOT BRIDGE ALL OF THESE CHANGES
AND RETURN TO THE LOVE VIBRATION, YOU WILL
PROBABLY DIE AND IN YOUR NEXT LIFE WILL
INCARNATE INTO A LIFE MUCH LIKE THE ONE YOU
HAVE NOW
As most of you know, you as soul are eternal. Your consciousness lives
forever even though the physical body dies. Humans on Earth were
genetically altered for short life spans. The manipulators felt that if we lived
long, we would gain wisdom through experience and there would come a
time when they could not control us any longer. They were right.

We are there now. Most E.T.s live hundreds or even thousands of years in
one body. Most even choose when they will leave their body for another
one programmed for different experiences.

LOVE YOURSELF, BE GOOD TO YOUR SELF, TAKE


CARE OF YOURSELF. THEN YOU WILL BE
PHYSICALLY AND SPIRITUALLY BETTER ABLE TO
HELP OTHERS
Far too few people love themselves enough to be loving and caring to the
self. If you cannot love yourself, how can you love someone else? How
can you love All That Is? You are an important part of All That Is And
worthy of great love, compassion and care. Each of us is a unique piece of
the puzzle that is All That Is. We could not BE without you. I am not saying
that everyone should become totally selfish and uncaring of others. Quite
the opposite. It is just incredibly important to realize that each one of us is
as important as anyone else. That also goes for all other beings as well.

Give love, respect and gratitude to All That Is and you


will receive love, respect and gratitude from All That Is.
SHARE WHAT YOU CAN, WHEN YOU CAN. FOR
WHEN ONE OF US IS SUFFERING, TRULY ALL OF
US ARE SUFFERING. WE ARE ONE.

Some of the changes that are coming will be in the distribution of wealth.
All are coming into a state of grace and abundance but until all of the
changes are in place, it will be necessary for us to help others once we
have taken care of our own needs. More and more as we discover our
connection with all as part of All That Is, we will realize that if anyone is
starving, a piece of us is starving. If someone is homeless, a piece of us is
homeless.

As with all things, the use of discretion is important and necessary. Do not
give when it is not wanted or needed.

PAY IT FORWARD

Instead of living life with the intent to repay people who have helped you in
some way, aggressively do things for others that they need done and can't
do for themselves. If everyone would Pay It Forward like this, we would
soon live in a much better world. This is the way of the future.

It is a time when needs will be met and we will ALL


share in the experience.
• • •
30 Comments - 64 Kudos - Add Comment

Friday, July 07, 2006


2:21 PM - The Blanket of Hope

Current mood: hopeful


Category: Religion and Philosophy
The Blanket of Hope

This is the blanket of hope. Prophecy is woven in its threads. It is an ancient


design that speaks of a time when the world is in despair and famine because
TRUTH has not been spoken. It speaks of a time of great suffering and injustice
because our world is out of balance.

Our civilizations have been like a great bird. As in all things created, there must
be a balance so the bird has two wings. One wing is strong. The other has been
kept tightly bound. In this condition, it will flap around knocking things over,
going in circles, creating chaos, but will never get off the ground. The strong
wing is the masculine consciousness, enforcing its vision and its will. It has been
writing history and making all the decisions that have effected us and will
continue to effect us for a very long time.

The other wing is the feminine consciousness. It has not been allowed equal
place at the seats of power. This treacherous and sorry imbalance has brought
about our histories of war, subjugation, mighty armies, and poor schools. Our
societies are rushing headlong into complete annihilation because only the
masculine voice is being heard. If we are to survive, women everywhere and the
Sacred Feminine that is in every man must be freed and allowed to step forward
to affect the general welfare of the earth's populations.

The blanket shows three corn maidens standing and holding arrows of truth -
arrows of ascending and descending truths. If we are to survive, they must
choose to act by stepping forward now, and if those arrows find their mark, the
blanket shows the corn growing. This corn growing promises abundance for all
people of the earth. We will have abundance because finally there will be peace.
There will only be peace because finally there is justice. There will finally be
justice only because TRUTH has been spoken. We will survive only because of
the return of this balance - the MASCULINE and the FEMININE side by side as
equal strengths. Our societies, our priorities - have been masculinized for too
long. We are truly out of balance. The men cannot do it by themselves. Feminine
TRUTH must step forward now.

There is a story of wisdom that goes with the border. It was explained to me by a
Maori elder (New Zealand, 1990).

It goes like this: The Border of the Blanket is the story of our lives, our purpose,
and the roadmap or book of instructions that, in fact, is clearly in the laws/sacred
ways of nature. That is the spirals that emanate from the Earth-line (dark
red/black borderline) around the blanket. Then notice the stairway that is
supported by the spiral. This she called the "staircase to heaven." She said that
this represents the obstacles in our lives. We must change our attitude about the
obstacles in our path and understand that the obstacle is the path. As each
obstacle presents itself we are to say THANK YOU and take another step, and
another, and another until its done. It is then we will have our completion and our
peace.

It is said by the elders that, "It is not the events in our lives which cause the pain,
it is our resistance."
It is my prayer and my deepest hope that knowledge of the existence of this
blanket and its meaning will inspire and give us a new place to stand as we
transform this terrible rush to vengeance and inevitable world destruction.

I remain as always your friend and partner in a better world.

3 Comments - 2 Kudos - Add Comment

9:33 PM - The Starseeds for a New Civilization...

Current mood: optimistic


Category: Life
The Starseeds for a New Civilization

You were planted here to flourish and create the New Civilization, we are the
embodiers of this new paradigm. We are the 3rd Dimensional access points
(channels) for the manifestation of this 5th Dimensional existence. And as more
and more of these higher dimensional energies enter this dimension most of what
you have known and held onto to be reality is shattering, falling away, and giving
birth to a new higher octave of Divine Expression. The old world is dying, a new
one is being born, and we are the Midwives of this birth.

What's Your Fascination?

One of the most important keys in making this transition is to pay attention to
what you imply as reality by what your fascinations are. Consider for a moment
that what you previously thought of as real is nothing more than an audiovisual
hologram of consciousness - A Picture of Reality .

The Universe Rearranges itself to Accommodate your Picture of Reality - in


other words All-That-Is in its desire to unconditionally love and support you,
wants you to have it all, and presumes that your attention is on what you really
want. So the Universe looks at everything you consciously and unconsciously
call real and rearranges itself to manifest more of those pictures around you.
Whatever you lend your attention to, whatever you label or define as reality - you
will get more of. What do you focus your attention on? What do you make
important in your life?

Throughout your entire life you have been bombarded with other people's
pictures of realities - (ways that it is). Parents, teachers, friends, peers,
politicians, doctors, clergy, media and the general mass consciousness have told
you what is real and what is not. Also encoded in the cell structures of your body
are pictures of reality from your genetic lineage as well as your past lives.

All those versions of the way that it is that you have accepted as reality are stored
in your conscious and unconscious mind and form the basis of your current
reality. Most beings do not see these as pictures of reality and as being optional
but consider them to be real. However these pictures are optional and can be
rearranged. And that is what we are doing to manifest this new Paradigm.

To fully engage in this new paradigm requires that you be conscious moment to
moment of what you consider to be real and what you put your attention on. The
force of Evolution is upon us, you can have a fun ride lending your energies to
this inevitable force of life and manifest more of this new civilization, or you can
place your attention on the old world, manifesting more of this and prolonging its
inevitable death.

During this transition you will feel the pull of the old world reality, this is natural
and assists in balance and keeping too much light from entering into this di-
mension too quickly. But if you recognize the illusions, not accepting them as
reality, remembering your true identity, (the master that you truly are), you will
expe-rience more ease in being completely and wholly en-gaged with the new
species and civilization that is emerging - a civilization based on love not fear. A
civi-lization of beings who live an ecstatic existence in bodies of Light, exploring
mastery of Divine Expression. We think that is worthy of your fascination.

You Are Not Alone!

As you go through this period of transition you may at times feel very disjointed,
like you don't belong and can't function anymore. Everything seems to be diffi-
cult, especially day to day existence functioning within the old world of
competition and control. Rest assured that you are perfectly fine, you are just
becoming more transpersonal, and your mental and emotional bodies are
freaking out be-cause they're not used to this new version of the way that it is.
This is natural, as the new world has not yet fully formed and the old limitation
system becomes less and less real. We are in transition, and the transition zone is
the difficult place because you are releasing the old and bringing in the new, you
have a foot in both worlds.

Your ground crew is saying how are we going to survive living a 5th dimensional
existence in a 3rd dimensional world? Recognize that survival is NOT an issue!
That you didn't come here to merely survive, and you didn't take a vow of
poverty in order to be here either. Being poor isn't any more spiritual than
prosperousness. It is your divine right to have everything that you need to Co-
Create Heaven on Earth. You are planetary transition team members and you
have a job to do, and part of that job is transmuting distortional patterns that you
have taken on, and having the resources to do it. And as you do so, you are
cutting pathways and transmuting them for many beings, it's not personal, it's not
your stuff. You are the Light Bearers for your entire genetic lineage.

You are the forerunners -


DAVI D
2 Comments - 4 Kudos - Add Comment

Sunday, July 08, 2007


9:30 AM - A Guide For Initiating Extraterrestrial Contact

Current mood: rejuvenated


Category: Life
A Guide for Initiating Contact with Extraterrestrials
by Angelika Whitecliff

Initiating Contact with benevolent extraterrestrial beings is for many a step in the positive
direction of taking greater responsibility for your life's choices and actions. You have
removed yourself from the ranks of those who remain passive, those who wait instead of
using enterprise to create the new reality, and you become a catalyst for the vision of
empowered and harmonious interactions that hails the advent of an 'Awakened Humanity'.

Here is held the enlightened idea that all consciousness, all beings, are connected back to
our originating source via love and that the creator is within all the created. Nothing
separates us but our own self-awareness and this need not be an isolationist state, but a
world with open borders to the galaxy and beyond.

Initiating Contact also implies that you have or are ready to embrace a framework of reality
in which we are not alone or isolated, nor are we the only evolved being with the capacity
for abstract thought, a desire to improve ourselves and a spirit for adventure and goodwill
that impels us outward to meet our neighbors.

Spiritual study (and now the study of string theory in quantum physics), as well as
telepathic and physical contact with ET friends, provides us with the tools and capacity to
conceptualize the idea of life existing - not only in our dimension at a specific frequency
(or life wave) that we identify by our five senses - but that life can and does exist at other
frequencies and dimensions. It is possible to create a bridge of communication to such
civilizations and beings through the inner senses alone. This is what the first phase of
Initiating Contact is all about, expanding beyond the five senses to embrace and develop
your extrasensory abilities and spiritual will power.

Physical contact is for many the ultimate goal. Such events are happening right now around
the planet. Many humanoid and other types of respectful and highly developed beings are
going to the greatest lengths to avoid distressing or frightening people as they reach out to
those who are ready and those who sincerely hold a long term goal for such contact
experience. Yet physical contact is NOT the final goal or one of the highest importance, this
pedestal is held for our spiritual development alone as the highest achievement and the
main reason why we are here in the first place.

Contact is only relevant if it in some way promotes a greater personal and transcendental
understanding of your true eternal self. Contact is only desirable if it in some way can
inspire you to live your life more fully and to hold firmer your own vision for the planet
transformed into the world of your dreams. ET ships in the sky are a sign of the support and
encouragement of other races. Yet a sighting in and of itself is not what is important, it is
what you allow this confirmation of the vaster universe to do for your own state of mind
and heart.

General Tools and Practices for Preparing for Contact

Contact preparation is an ongoing discipline that relies upon your spiritual development
and the studies which support such development. In order to advance, you must be
consistent, patient and put in the practice to achieve the desired results - just like in any
activity that requires skills to be developed such as ballet, chess, playing a musical
instrument etc.

MEDITATION: Meditation is the key to self-mastery, including the key to overcoming


your deepest fears. A daily meditation practice is the first step to preparing and being
prepared for contact at all levels. Meditation can take many forms, but basically it is a tool
for silencing the mind and inner chatter so that you can learn to hear your own higher
guidance. It is from this place of inner silence that you also begin to develop your ability to
receive and send telepathic communications. Once you learn to hear your own divine voice
you develop discernment and wisdom, and eventually it becomes very difficult for anyone
or any being to deceive or manipulate you.

Recommended reading:
"Autobiography of a Yogi" by Paramahamsa Yogananda
"The Initiate" by Cyril Scott
"Initiation" by Elizabeth Haich
BREATHWORK: In yoga there is a disciple know as Pranayama which is designed to
specifically teach how to control and manipulate the breath for heightened consciousness,
greater physical endurance and developing the central nervous system to accommodate
higher energy frequencies. Learning to control the breath is important to both the telepathic
and physical contact experience. For telepathic communications the breath can be used to
help settle the mind and to expand that inner silence to better facilitate sending and
receiving messages. In physical contact, deep and focused breathing can help one to
overcome the natural fears which may arise and attempt to take control of an unique
experience.

Practice breathing in slowly and deeply for a count a five, pause a moment, exhale slowly
to a count of five, then pause again for a moment. Bring your full attention inside yourself
to that place between breaths. (This place between breaths in which all air is exhaled is the
state from which inner stillness can be found.) Hold that place of stillness a moment and
then breath in again slowly and deeply to the five count. Each time you come back to the
place of a full exhalation and the pause, focus on bringing the stillness into more and more
of the breath cycle expanding the momentary pause to include the breathing in until in
reaches the full breath pause.

This breathing exercise should be done every day for ten minutes prior to your meditation
practice. Expand the five count over time to a six count and then a seven count and beyond
but do not go beyond what feels comfortable. This exercise is meant to help you increase
your deep, focused breath while staying completely relaxed and at peace. Any strain means
you are attempting to move ahead too quickly. Eventually a 15 or even 20+ count may be
achieved.

DIET: Telepathic communications take you into an arena in which you will experience
heightened frequencies in and around your body. This is not a problem for a healthy and
fine tuned body, but in can create stress for those whose bodies are not adapted. In the
physical contact experience, even more preparation is often needed to get the body to a
state of its optimal frequency capasity. Fortunately, there are many dietary things we can do
to optimize ourselves and our vibrations.

Foods & substances that lower your body?s energy & vibration:
-Refined Sugar, sweets and candies
(Fruit, especially organically grown, is an excellent alternative to candy & sweets.)
-Soft drinks with sweeteners and corn syrup
(Do not drink beverages ice cold, this shocks the internal organs)
-Caffeine
-Nicotine
-Alcohol
-Red Meat
(Most of the Humanoid ETs who visit us tell us to work our way to a vegetarian diet. First
eliminate red meat, then chicken and lastly fish. The vegetarian diet of mostly vegetables
and fruit brings the body to optimum health and frequency.)
*Special Note on BELIEFS: If you believe that you cannot maintain health without meat,
then you may create health problems for yourself if you cut out meat from your diet
without first changing this belief structure. Our minds create our reality. What is suggested
in these guidelines is information that many of our own spiritual masters and several ET
groups have offered us as insights to optimize the body for more refined spiritual energies.
But this cannot happen without the mind, body and belief systems brought into harmony.
Thus it is your own responsibility to self-examine and determine what is appropriate for
your current state of health and well being.

SELF CONTROL EXERCIZES: An important part of any contact (or life) experience is
feeling that you are prepared for whatever happens, and knowing that you are ultimately
protected no matter what challenge presents itself. These exercises will help to establish
this foundation and may be done once a week or more as possible. They are suggested
specifically by the very loving humanoid beings of Ganymede through their contactee
Sixto Paz Cruz of Peru.

..1) Go to an isolated place in nature with a friend at night. For one hour, part ways walking
in different directions and spend the time alone in the silence and solitude continue strolling
or find a place to sit and contemplate. In the darkness of night find and experience that
inner knowing that you are protected and looked after. This exercise can be used to calm
the nerves and to more deeply connect with your own inner resources.

Eventually the silence will be welcome and in it you will experience a heightened sense of
unity with all life.

..2) Face your fears in meditation. Think of a thing that frightens you greatly in life and
hold that thought in meditation. Follow the thought of that fear and allow it to lead you.
Some people will see or experience in their mind?s eye a story of an event that led to such a
fear, and others will just feel helpless without much input. As you confront that which
makes you afraid, ask yourself why you feel helpless. Envision a new way of dealing with
this threat and find a way in which you are not helpless at all. In facing your inner fears,
you bring greater peace and ease to your life and fortify your own sense of what you are
truly capable of achieving.

HOLDING THE VISION: Many of our ET friends tells us that no matter what the
challenges, we must learn to hold our own vision of a better world and not let anything tear
this from us. This is the hope for our future, our path out of war, hate, pollution, poverty,
global warming and all our planetary ills. It is our belief that we can make a difference, that
we CAN create the world of our dreams, and doing work to support this inner vision. Any
and all work is important work as long as it feeds or cultivates the creation of this better
world. We all have a role to play and many helpful ETs are here to support and encourage
us to live to our full potential.

Contactee Reading Recommendations:


"The Invitation" by Sixto Paz Wells
"From Outer Space" by Howard Menger
"Beyond the Light Barrier" by Elizabeth Klarer
"UFO Contact from Venus" by Edward James & Wendelle Stevens

Telepathic Communications

Most ET races communicate through thought transference, also known as telepathy.


Contrary to long standing myths, telepathy has nothing to do with trying to penetrate
someone else's brain in order to extract what they are thinking. Trying to intrude inside
another persons head will reap little in terms of information and will probably give them a
headache as well (from you pushing your energy into their space). This is poor psychic
etiquette and ineffective.

Telepathy follows the same guidelines as meditation. It requires a person to quiet their
minds and internal chatter and once inner silence is achieved, then the 'real'
communications are heard. In meditation this is the access point to the voice of the higher
self. When communicating telepathically, this same silent vastness is the gateway to all the
frequencies imaginable and thus the internal transfer station for sending and receiving, for
exchanging ideas and information with other beings.

As stated earlier the information of what another is thinking is not found by entering them,
it is found by entering yourself. It is found through the achievement of mastering your own
internal clutter, by refining that which is coarse in perception within you, by creating a
pathway that knowingly connects you to the all that is, that great 'oneness' that all
consciousness shares.

Telepathic communications do not take only one form either. They can and do sometimes
come as words, internal verbal sentences, but they also come as images, pictures that
travels to your mind?s eye as well as gestalts of pure knowing. Sometimes it is as if
someone has just downloaded you with a whole block of information that you recognize as
a complete structure without having to pull apart the pieces. Thus telepathy can put to work
a whole array of spiritual senses in order to convey the ideas and information fully and in
an accessible form.

Yet one must keep in mind that the information, even telepathically conveyed, is still
subject to an individual?s perceptions and filters of reality. If a topic is weighty or
emotional for someone, it will be especially influenced by one?s own subjective views and
biases. Just as four people can witness the same event and relate very different versions of
what happened, so too can a telepathic message be slanted in the same way by personal
perspectives. The more internal spiritual work you have done in facing and mastering your
own issues, the more universal your perceptions and truth becomes.

How to Set Up Your Own Galactic Diplomacy Contact Group

1) Form a (small) group of like-minded individuals interested in establishing telepathic


communications with ET friends. Meet at least once per week. Groups create a stable and
safe environment in which to embark on this journey of contact. Consistency is important.
Many ET groups establish regular communications with a contact group after they have
proven an ongoing commitment.

2) Ask each person of your group:

-Do you feel ready to open yourself to a telepathic exchange?


-Do you feel ready to have a visual confirmation of the ET presence? i.e. see an ET ship.
-Do you feel ready to have a physical contact experience?
-Do you want the benevolent ETs to show up and make themselves known to the entire
planet?

(These are important questions which will help you to determine basic parameters for your
goals as a group and to identify the comfort zones of each individual remember that the
benevolent ETs do not push us to where we do not want to go.)

3) Identify individual spiritual goals. Contact for contacts sake is not what the benevolent
ETs are interested in promoting. They offer a valuable experience to bolster your own
evolutionary process (as you do for them in return), so take the time to have each member
of your group state a specific spiritual goal that interests them, then create a more general
group goal. This will help members of the group to focus once communications have been
established.

For example, some contact groups may have a majority of members who are interested in
the healing arts, thus you may focus the group intention on calling in an ET group who can
offer helpful information in this field.

Whether working to assist the environment, developing your intuitive skills, interspecies
communications, understanding the nature of higher dimensional planes, etc. identify one
or several group interests that the ET communications can support. This structure may
grow and evolve naturally as the contact group and ET group get to know each other.

4) Finally, decide together what ET groups everyone is comfortable inviting in for open
communications. Create a list of who you would like to work with and do some research
about what the different ET groups offer in the way of their strengths and areas of
expertise. (The ET Typology listed on this site is a good starting point for this sort of
information) Remember that creating a safe and stable environment for all members of
your contact group creates the foundation for fulfilling and long term interactions.

*However, remain open to the idea that an ET group not on your list may ask to
communicate. It will be the choice of the individual(s) who receives the request if he/she
accepts (depending upon how their energy feels - loving and safe or fear generating) and
then later the group can decide whether to invite future dialogue.

The Meeting Place/ What You Will Need to Bring


1) Chose a QUIET meeting place. An outdoor and indoor option is preferable so that the
weather can be taken into account. If you are within a city and cannot escape traffic, lights
and people, you may decide to meet indoors regularly for telepathic exchanges, and then
schedule a trip to the country for a camping trip with the group whenever possible. The
optimal condition is to be in a peaceful rural setting outdoors, up on a mountain or out on
an open plain with few remnants of civilization in sight. But even the basement of an office
building will do if nothing better is available. Telepathic communications can take place
anywhere location, time and space are not factors, only a quiet and safe space in which to
concentrate.

Most contact groups meet at night, but it is just as acceptable to meet during the day if
peoples schedules permit.

2) If you meet in nature you will need outdoor chairs that are comfortable, accessible and
easy to carry. Also bring flashlights and water or something to drink.

3) Dress comfortably in loose fitting clothes and make sure you have enough clothes and
blankets to keep warm. It is hard to concentrate when your body is not comfortable and
many people get cool while sitting in meditation for any length of time.

4) Have a CD player available and bring gentle, meditative music for the Group Contact
Meditation. (The Monroe Institute sells Metamusic and Hemisync Music which is music
specifically designed to promote the brain wave patterns of a deep meditation these are
excellent for this purpose but any non-verbal, quiet music will do well.)

5) Have a member of your group bring an inexpensive digital camera. Take plenty of
pictures around the group especially after the Group Contact Meditation. Expensive digital
cameras have special infra red and ultra violet filters, but the cheap ones do not carry such
extras. Many phenomena, including the orbs which so many people are now taking note of
can only be captured in the infra red and ultra violet spectrum. Sometimes even ships,
probes or beings come up on pictures that no one noticed at the time (they were out of our
spectrum of vision), but the camera caught the phenomena.

6) Optional Equipment: Crystal Bowl(s), Candles, Larger Group Crystal, Personal Crystals,
Dowsing Rods

Worth Special Attention

1) Pay attention to cloud formations in the sky. Some ships travel in a higher frequency
state which approximates the density of our clouds. These clouds can look like near perfect
saucer shapes and are fantastic to see. Such ships have been caught on film morphing from
a cloud state into a more solid, physical state.

2) Pay attention for a triangulation pattern of the stars in the night sky. Often in your
contact group you will establish great communications with the ETs but not see their ships.
When ships are not visible take special notice of the stars above the group. Sometimes the
stars will look as if they have been rearranged into a pattern of perfect triangles twinkling
in all directions. It is as if the ETs are playing with cosmic geometry just to validate the
efforts of the group with a beautiful display. This effect in the sky can hold stationary and
then suddenly disappear, bringing the stars back to the visual state we consider normal.

3) Pay attention to animal sounds in the night and odd animal appearances. ET can
communicate with a group in many ways, including sending animal messengers. They too
are helping us to perceive nature as part of our greater reality and the animal kingdom
provides another dynamic communication network to tap into. If your group is outside, take
note of animal calls that take place during an important message being received from the
ETs or monitor your emotional state. The screech of an owl can be a message to pay
attention in some way.

4) If you suddenly feel a pressure in your ears (same as you feel when you ascend or
descend in a plane) during a contact meditation, this informs you that a ship is near by or
that one has even settled above your group with an energy field. Higher frequency ships are
not visible to the naked eye, but are sometimes visible to clairvoyants or those who know
how to use their spiritual eyes. With little practice, group members become more adept at
feeling and sensing what is around them when their eyes do not reveal the full story. *And
it should be noted that this is an important aspect of contact - development of the intuitive
senses.

Initiating Contact Protocol

1) Position the group in a circle formation. This creates a harmonized flow of energy
through and around the group. It also allows all directions of the sky to be visible if the
group meets outdoors. (Optional place a candle or a crystal in the center of the circle.)

2) Clear the space and have everyone center their attention by toning, chanting or have
someone play a crystal bowl for a few minutes.

3) In each meeting one person from the group will be designated to lead the Contact
Meditation. It is best if everyone takes a turn at this position to promote equality and
participation at all levels. At this point the leader for this meeting will begin to play the
meditation music and everyone will prepare themselves to sit quietly for the next 30-60
minutes.

4) The designated person will now have everyone close their eyes and envision a golden
white bubble of light around themselves. This personal energy bubble will be created with
the intention of only allowing in those energies which are in alignment with the
individual?s highest good. Then the leader will guide the group to create a much larger
bubble which can encompass the entire group and which once again will only allow in
those energies which serve the divine will.

5) Next the leader will talk the group through 10 minutes of breathing exercises (as listed in
the 'General Tools and Practices for Preparing for Contact' section).

6) With everyone now grounded and centered, the leader will ask the group to open their
heart centers and to envision a golden light of loving energy flowing freely into their
bodies, and then all around them to fill their personal bubbles.

7) Then have the group unite the energy of their hearts and send this healing light around
the planet to enfold all of humanity in grace and peace. Use this same energy then to create
a wave into space, reaching out in the spirit of brotherhood to connect with those ET
civilizations the group chooses to invite in for communications.

8) The leader will state the group?s spiritual goal(s) and ask for those ETs who can best
assist these goals to communicate. Continue to guide the energies beyond time and space,
from form into the formless. The designated group leader will learn to open herself/himself
to the spontaneous influences of the moment, and to create the meditation with whatever
imagery and information or guidance feels right.

9) To complete this phase, the leader will tell everyone to open themselves to connect with
whatever ET being or group feels appropriate, and that they will be free to their own
experience for the next 30 minutes (45 or 60 or whatever approximate time period) and that
the leader will gently call them back and ask them to complete communications at the end
of this period.

10) After a given period of time passes or it feels like everyone is complete, the leader will
softly let everyone know to take a few more minutes to finalize any interactions. Then the
leader will ask everyone to return to their bodies, taking a deep breath and opening their
eyes. It is often appropriate to then sit in silence for 5-15 minutes, enjoying the lingering
energies and allowing people to digest their individual experiences. It is also the
appropriate time to pay attention to the sky for any aerial or unusual activity.

11) After this quiet period, everyone should be invited to share any appropriate experience,
message or communication that they received. This is also a very good time to take some
pictures with a cheap digital camera around the group to capture any ultra violet and infra
red spectrum activity.

12) After everyone is done sharing their experiences, if the group is outdoors it is lovely to
continue to sit and star gaze. Patience can sometimes yield rewards. Otherwise, decide on
the next meeting time and new group meditation leader before everyone departs.

4 Comments - 8 Kudos - Add Comment

Saturday, July 08, 2006


6:11 PM - UFO & Extraterrestrial Connection to Eagles

Current mood: surprised


Category: Religion and Philosophy

UFO & Extraterrestrial Connection to Eagles


These excerpts are from various sources I have found which mention Eagles and/or birds in
association with UFO phenomena -

"People that have major sightings don't have the luxury of long-term
conditioning - it happens in a matter of seconds. It's very spiritual and I
believe that all of the bald eagles that I have filmed along with the solar
UFOs is a major sign, too. I have said since Aug. 27, 1995, that the main
craft was aware of our presence, wanted to be filmed, was science and
history at the top of the ladder, was a major sign to the world, and
sending a message that it's very important for the world to know the
truth".

"Eagles changing into flying saucers; balls of light in the sky that can
reflect on radar one moment and disappear in the next. These are
archetypal images that have suddenly become real. Transpersonal forces
are manifesting in our lives in very intrusive and very real ways".

"Beyond the Shrove Tuesday connection, cross-referenced with such


things as the Last Supper, I found no less than 22 references to Eagle,
Eagles, Eagles, or Eagles , in the Old Testament passages. Further
to that, another five passages containing the word Eagle, or Eagles ,
appear in the New Testament. Revelation 8: Seventh seal possesses
references to a star, an eagle, rivers, and fountains..."

"...I attended the first conference sponsored by this group titled, The Fox
Valley Spirituality and UFO Conference. The speakers there spoke of
both the good and bad alien groups. One speaker, G. Cope Schellhorn,
was promoting his book,"Extraterrestrials in Biblical Prophecy". I wanted
to know more about this so I purchased the book. Included in the book
are verses from the bible regarding UFO's. The author states that words
in scripture such as "clouds, wind, eagles and chariots of fire" could be
primitive terms to describe UFO phenomena. He also mentions that there
are many references in scripture that say the Son of Man will return on a
cloud".

"Some abductees may feel as if the contents of their minds have been
totally known, even, in a sense, taken over. Others report that the aliens
can change shape at will: ... the aliens appear to be consummate shape-
shifters, often appearing to the abductees as animals-owls, eagles
,raccoons, and deer are among the creatures the abductees have seen
initially..."

Whether extraterrestrials will ever land there, I cannot say. But they will continue
their presence in the sky until the fateful last hours of this cycle of civilization
are played out.... Their presence in numbers, I am certain, tells us that we are
living in those last hours.... After all, where the body (messiah) is, there the
eagles (UFOs ) gather.

"Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles'
wings, and brought you unto myself." How I Bare You on Eagles' Wings - Here
we have an indication that Moses was physically lifted up and carried to the Mount
by some type of flight.

"While watching two eagles soaring overhead on March 13, 2003, at 9


AM, my wife noticed a silver object shining in the sky directly overhead.
She pointed it out to me and asked what I thought it was. At first I thought
it was sunlight reflecting off a geostationary satellite, although I had never
seen this type of phenomena before. The altitude of the shining disc was
estimated to be that of a satellite which is normally seen in the night sky.
We both viewed the stationery object for a few minutes before sighting it
through a pair of binoculars and it seemed to be reflected light perhaps
closer due to the magnification.
After about 15 minutes with absolutely no movement of the object I
decided to capture it on video with a telephoto lens. It was at this moment
when I needed the camera that the battery went flat, hence no video. It
would not have been of much use anyway as all it would have shown was
a dab of silver light against a blue background. We both continued to look
directly above. I was using the binoculars and could see it clearly and
started moving in a westerly direction picking up speed as it went. I did
not take my eyes off the accelerating light, but said just follow the
binoculars. The object moved through a 90 degree arc in approximately
15 seconds where I lost sight of it behind some bushes.

I was on the Gold Coast a few years back in a new age type shop and
suddenly this magazine in front of me, was attracting my attention with
vibrating energy. It was " Eagles Wings". The article in it that really
grabbed me, was about the 'Ashtar Command' (Off-World ET Group
associated with the Galactic Confederation of Planets).

'Golden Eagles'

When Eagles Soar On Wings Of Gold,


Singing Of Tales The Ancients Told,
They Sing Of Atlantis And Many A Mystery,
As Their Soul's Fly Down Through History.
They Tell A Tale Of Dragons And Kings,
They Know Why The Angel Sings,
As They Join In With The Divine Chorus,
Harmonizing With The Eye Of Horus.
Echoing Of All Eagle Eyes Have Seen,
Nothing Has Escaped Eyes So Keen,
When Ancient Kings Were Crowned,
There Was Always A Golden Eagle Around.
When They Nailed The Divine To The Cross,
Shrill Eagle Voices Keened The Loss,
As The Stone Rolled Back From The Tomb,
A Mystery Was Planted In Natures Womb.
The Answer Echoes Across The Stars,
From The Smiling Sphinx On Mars,
As Time Flows Backwards To The Source,
Then It Flows Forwards Again, Of Course.
For Just A Moment Time Stood Still,
Obeying The Ultimate Act Of Will,
The Universe SpunOn Its Axis
As It Danced With Thoth and Abraxis
In Tombs That Are Not Tombs In Pyramids Of Old,
Answers Are Hidden In Camelot's Spires Of Gold,
The Mayan's Too,The Hidden Solution Keep,
As In The Dream Chambers The Dreamers Sleep.
In Tales Of All For One And One For All,
You Can Hear The Eagles Secret Call,
On One Eternally Flowing Thread Of Angel Hair,
The Eagles Flew For The Divine Child So Fair.
In The Mysteries of The Golden Dawn,
Myths Of Dragon Kings Are Reborn,
In Temples We Dance To The Angels Song,
In Silence We Right,That Which Was Wrong.

7 Comments - 4 Kudos - Add Comment

Sunday, April 02, 2006


4:42 PM - Telepathy

Current mood: quixotic


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural

Telepathy Vol. I

I will not begin to pretend that I understand the intricacies of life beyond this
physical form but I do know for certain that verbal communication upon this
planet is the densest and most misleading that there is - the fruits of this are
evident.

We need only to look at religious expression to understand that while in essence


it is all the same, labels and interpretation via the lower mental body have led to
much
discord and war.

What I have found in my experience is that our normal and accepted form of
communication on planet Earth is like kindergarten and due to language and
cultural barriers, ignorance and misinterpretation, can be vastly improved
upon.
The beauty of telepathy is that communication is pure as it does not need to be
filtered through the mental filters of the lower mind with its limited perception
based only on subjective reality.

Telepathy is expressed higher mind to higher mind and does not come through
the individuals perception and filters- as it is direct soul speak - until verbalised.

Telepathy is a form of communication that you absorb into yourself and does not
need interpretation via thought.

The only time one interprets telepathy into thought is when one wishes to retain
consciously in mind the body of the conversation or when one wishes to express
that communication verbally. Telepathy is an energy exchange of higher mind
and simple knowing.

Beyond the spoken language is telepathy - the language of direct communication


mind to mind via thought, beyond telepathy is the language of Light.

It has been my experience that all communication in the higher planes is


telepathic. Beyond that or existing with, telepathic communication is the
language of Light

Tuning ourselves to the frequencies of Light means that we can tune into Beings
of Light as Light is their resonance.

The language of Light is instant communication with the Infinite Mind using
ideographic and pictographic cybernetics....it is the parent language of a Deity
used in an overall plan or design to outline a procedure, to code knowledge into
crystal etc.

Thus the effects of the use of language for instruction includes: development of
subsensitivity to the neurotransmitter; decreased release of endogenous
neurotransmitter; the onset of an inhibitory or modulatory signal; and the
activation of a precursor essential for the synthesis of spiritual thought particles.

Five steps to opening to Higher Communication

These techniques will still the cortex and allow us to open up new synapses as
awareness transforms the
mental process.

They can be used for communication with our Inner teacher - the I AM, guides or
other Light Beings.

Step 1 - Be still and know - meditate, tune yourself as previously guided with
breath and light; be in silence and know that we all have these abilities.

Doubt halts all progress.

Remember feeling you can (positive thought) then feeling you cant (negative
thought) neutralises the energy and nothing will happen. Doubt is neutral energy.

Step 2 - Invoke the Light - call down a beam or cylinder of golden, white Light,
know that it comes from the purest energy source in all the Universes, know that
it is healing, transforming and will allow optimum alignment for purest
communication.

Breathe this Light in through the pores of the skin and let it fill every cell of your
Being (as guided in previous visualisations).

Step 3 - Visualise (and bring into play the Higher mind)-

a) an equilateral triangle in your minds eye, fill it with blue light - this is the
Universally accepted symbol or sign that you wish to begin telepathic
communication

b) visualise your chakras being fully open and activated and absorbing into
themselves the golden, white light that surrounds you in the cylinder.

See your chakras become one column of Light extending up to the highest purest
source allowing Divine communication to flood into your Being

The language of Light as a vehicle enables the Lords of Light to reach many
planetary worlds and reality simultaneously and fuse the different languages into
the same scenario abstract.

This allows man to have communion with other planets of intelligence through
super-holographic processes...

The knowledge of this language comes from a core memory of information being
shared by the higher spiritual levels of existence. It allows man to read the
records of the mysteries in the higher heavens.

There are levels within levels of knowledge and while telepathy to some is a
natural ability, to many others it is not part of their reality or understanding.

Light from the unified chakra column begin to spin either clockwise or anti-
clockwise and jettison pure light into every organ, cell and all the energy fields of
your bodies. (This will raise their frequencies to be more receptive).

Ask for full activation and illumination of both the pituitary and
pineal glands so that receipt and transmission of all information is clear and pure.

Step 4 - ASK!!
Ask for communication.

Call in who you would like to speak to - your Higher self, I AM, guides etc.

Always control this by stipulating that only Beings of Light who work for my
Highest good are invited to share with me and together with the above steps,
eliminates the possibility of mischievous or negative energy forces connecting
with you in answer to your call.

The above allows you to control party guests by select invitation rather than
having open house.

Be prepared by having a list of questions you may want answers to.

Step 5 - LISTEN!! Learn to listen - if you dont still your mind through
meditation or deep, connected breathing and the above, how can you expect to
hear? At first it is like intuitive whispers or just a knowing, a feeling of clarity
about an issue.

With regular practise this will grow to a loud, clear voice that is undisputable.
You know when the information received is for you Highest good and to trust it
by the benefits that become obvious in your day to day life as you apply this
guidance. Know it by its fruit!

Our I AM and those of Light work with us solely for our Divine unfoldment so
that we may realise that we are in fact Beings of Light and the God essence
expressed in physicality.
Remember, do not doubt ! Test our guidance by how it feels within and exercise
your own discernment.

The more you go within and get to know yourself, the more easily you will be
able to discern what is right for you according to your uniqueness.

Eventually, with practise, you will be able to recognize who is communicating


with you by their energy fields or vibration, before you even receive their name
telepathically. Always ask the name of the being who may wish to seek counsel
with you.

As we evolve spiritually, the more we remember and the more that is revealed to
us for we are infinite beings of infinite wisdom.

Some are now receiving via telepathic communication instructions to anchor and
activate things like metaphysical Light envelopes within our computer.

Resonance is moving energy, forging its pathway through the essence of living
particles of Light through thought propulsion.

Telepathy occurs by being mentally open to receive and projecting desire which
attracts the thoughts of the sender who responds to the desire and sends energy of
thought idea to the open, receiving station.

Thought resonance is binding energy.

This resonating acts independently of the human thinking process but is where all
spiritual awareness and inspiration comes from.

It is ultra-consciousness, the medium for extra sensory phenomenon and the seat
of all parapsychic abilities.

The mind is a vacuum that attracts unto itself that which surrounds it in terms of
electrical impulses. It then manipulates these impulses until they are born as
thought.

Through brain processes this then becomes an idea, then action.

The quality of thinking is also reflected by the colour in the human aura which
reveals a lot about an individual’s state of being.
When the brain is still, thought transference begins - firstly the sender connects
through a beam of energy that hooks into the electromagnetic field of the receiver

The thought idea is then filtered to the tensor centre of the


brain and is converted into words. When well practiced distinct words are
received. Clear reception, clear message.

A receiver can clear their channels by aligning consciously with Higher


frequencies and energies through meditation, diet etc as discussed in detail
previously - less electrical blockages, clearer communication.

Thought is not sent out in one straight line, but in billions of lines in all
directions, like a radiating spark of Light extending in equal force in all
directions. Mind is the medium with which thought is carried from one point to
another.

Space is an attracting, repelling force of motion made up of tiny atoms with


indelible memory of existence and manifestation occurs when these atoms and
particles are forced to unite through the Law of Affinity.

The more one is aligned with the purer aspect of their God self the more things
are possible.

I now understand that when you are tuned all you have to do is dial the number
so to speak, make the call and you will be answered. It is that simple. However at
the time, logical mind decided to go into research mode and attend classes. So
on this plane,

Having understood that we are energy systems that emit signals and
transmissions of frequencies (like a radio) I realised I could tune myself like a
CB radio and connect with those of my choice.

There are Beings who actually have the job or service of monitoring thought
transmissions across the galaxies so as information on our physical plane was
limited,

In the book 'Opening to Channel', the guides Orin and DaBen share Telepathy
enables you to explore unseen worlds. All of you have more telepathic ability
than you imagine...Telepathy gives you the ability to travel to places that are not
accessible through other means.
Your eyes can only see the spectrum of the rainbow, and you often forget that
there are many electromagnetic frequencies, such as infrared and ultraviolet
frequencies that are just outside of the range you detect with your eyes.

Some of you are developing the ability to sense subtle frequencies beyond the
range of your normal senses.. It is in these frequencies that you become aware of
guides and of the realms where other living entities such as ourselves exist.

Your increasing telepathic awareness gives you the ability to communicate with
other life forms such as plants and crystals, and beings from other realms, as you
fine tune your
awareness.

The belief in the ability to reach these unseen though nonetheless real dimensions
is not yet commonplace, but there is increasing worldwide belief in the
possibility of the existence of dimensions beyond the earth itself, as well as the
belief in life beyond death.

Mastery in this form of life is learning to clear the mind...A clear mind is
essential in our mode of telepathic communication, for do we not need to learn to
receive as well as to project....

All thoughts are electrical impulses surrounded by an electromagnetic field of


energy. This field of energy has the ability to move at speeds the human mind
cannot even begin to comprehend.

In this movement, images are transferred that are directly related to


visualisations, emotions and the coding systems of the Universal language.

It is a Beings choice whether or not to send electromagnetic impulses to another


place.

The choice is determined by the amount of emotion and will power that a Being
is able to gather. In this choice and the consciousness of the mind, a Being
determines the degree of mastery over telepathic communication that he, she or it
will obtain in one lifetime.

The force that propels and projects thoughts is based upon a tensor
equation...made up of two parts of electromagnetic energy and one part emotion.
It is the brain and mind of an individual, coupled
with choice and conviction, that determines the ability to send messages....

Thoughts are part of Universal consciousness, and the energy that moves them
through ones consciousness is the intensity of conviction of needing to be one
with this power....

All manifestations of creative energies result from


combinations of Light energy frequencies and sound vibrations.

By combining them, one is able to channel the power to create from the universal
consciousness and access its codes.

The Arcturians state that the highest form of telepathy happens soul to soul and is
only possible where a Being is integrated and has the ability to focus in soul
consciousness.

It is the part of us that is not concerned with issues of survival like the lower
mind, but is concerned with why we `are here, what our true purpose and destiny
is.

The superconscious mind is the conduit for all communications from the Higher
realms (higher as always meaning frequency). All communications come through
the higher self.

Telepathic communication is a natural ability of mankind that reveals itself to


one who aligns their frequency to the Higher resonance of their God essence or
the pure energy force that sustains them.

This is true of all miraculous abilities from clairaudience (telepathy) to healing


by touch, to clairvoyance, bi-location etc. Please note that some Beings are
psychically gifted with clairvoyance, clairaudience etc but the purity of the
message and/or vision will only be as pure as the channel.

A clear mind is essential in our mode of telepathic communication, for do we not


need to learn to receive as well as to project....

Listening is another form of clearing the mind and allowing it to receive


information...

In order to be positive and receive, a soul must learn to increase its vibratory
rate...and there must be a sense of peace and satisfaction within before the
frequency begins to rise.

When this frequency begins to rise it begins to work miracles within. One only
needs to bathe in the liquid Light to feel the cleansing, purification and peace
that it provides....

In this movement, images are transferred that are directly related to


visualisations, emotions and the coding systems of the Universal language.

It is a Beings choice whether or not to send electromagnetic impulses to another


place. The choice is determined by the amount of emotion and will power that a
Being is able
to gather.

In this choice and the consciousness of the mind, a Being determines the degree
of mastery over telepathic communication that he, she or it will obtain in one
lifetime.

The force that propels and projects thoughts is based upon a tensor
equation...made up of two parts of electromagnetic energy and one part emotion.
It is the brain and mind of an individual, coupled with choice and conviction, that
determines the ability to send messages....

Thoughts are part of Universal consciousness, and the energy that moves them
through ones consciousness is the intensity of conviction of needing to be one
with this power....All manifestations of creative energies result from
combinations of Light energy frequencies and sound vibrations.

By combining them, one is able to channel the power to create from the universal
consciousness and access its codes.

It is also suggested that in order to truly comprehend telepathy one must


understand the nature of force, of emanations and radiations of energy currents.

Mankind has the conscious mind, the subconscious mind and the superconscious
mind. Telepathic communication concerns itself with the superconscious state of
Being, the part of us that is not concerned with issues of survival like the lower
mind, but is concerned with why we `are here, what our true purpose and destiny
is.
Telepathic communication is a natural ability of mankind that reveals itself to
one who aligns their frequency to the Higher resonance of their God essence or
the pure energy force that sustains them.

This is true of all miraculous abilities from clairaudience (telepathy) to healing


by touch, to clairvoyance, bi-location etc.

Please note that some Beings are psychically gifted with clairvoyance,
clairaudience etc but the purity of the message and/or vision will only be as pure
as the channel. See
chapter on Channelling.

Telepathy is governed by the Universal Law of Revelation - as you seek, so shall


you know.

Science records and measures electrical currents in the brain caused by mental
and emotional disturbances. In metaphysics it is understood that energy follows
thought and that thoughts are things
to come.

Telepathy allows us to tune to thoughts or guidance from our Inner teacher, the I
AM and/or from other Beings from either the astral plane or above, depending on
the transmissions and signals we emit.

Telepathy is governed by the Universal Law of Revelation - as you seek, so shall


you know.

Science records and measures electrical currents in the brain caused by mental
and emotional disturbances.

In metaphysics it is understood that energy follows thought and that thoughts are
things to come.

Telepathy allows us to tune to thoughts or guidance from our Inner teacher, the I
AM and/or from other Beings from either the astral plane or above, depending on
the transmissions and signals we emit.
6 Comments - 9 Kudos - Add Comment

4:11 PM - Transition from Fourth to Fifth World


Current mood: content
Category: Religion and Philosophy
Transition from Fourth To Fifth World
The Hopi, Sioux and other tribal traditions hold that at this point in history, we
are about to transition from the current pattern of civilization to a radically-
different way of living. This change is so profound that it is called the passage
from the Fourth (current) World to the Fifth World! By "world", the native
traditions refer to a slow gradual rise of the human population to a period of
widely-shared cultural and technological high civilization.

The implications of these indigenous teachings are staggering. For this means
that we humans have gone through three previous Worlds, in which our ancestors
rose to a peak of civilized living, only to crash back to a primitive level.

From halfway around the Earth comes additional corroborative information. Mac
Ruka, a Maori spiritual teacher, has toured America at the behest of his Maori
people to share their ancient history. Ruka tells of a civilization, Mu, from which
the Maori came. This civilization once reached ascendancy in the Melanesian
Pacific, before it destroyed itself and its island empire sank beneath the ocean.
Fragmentary memory of this empire still resides in the mythic history of the West
as a place called Lemuria.

And what of that other high civilization, Atlantis, which the Greek philosopher
Plato stated he learned about from Egyptian historians? Were Atlantis and
Lemuria the Second and Third Worlds which the Native American oral histories
refer to?

If our present "Fourth-World" high civilization is about to fall and be swept


away, we would do well to learn from the history held by these native teachers.
For, as philosopher George Santayana has said, "Those who do not learn from
history are doomed to repeat it." Let us examine in more detail what those master
keepers of oral tradition, the Hopi, reveal about our previous Worlds.

The First World was called Tokpela ("Endless Space"). The First People
understood that although they had human parents, their real parents were the
universal entities which had created them through their parents: Father Sun and
Mother Earth. Each learned that they had two aspects: as a member of an earthly
family and clan, and as a citizen of the great universe.
Gradually the First People forgot to respect their creator. They began to use the
vibratory centers of their body [chakras] only for earthly purposes. They began to
perceive differences and separation between people and animals, and between
different ethnic, linguistic and religious groups. The animals began to draw away
from people. The First People began to divide up and draw away from each
other. They became warlike and fought. The First World's fatal flaw, then, was
forgetting the unifying Oneness of all creation.

But there were a few in every group who held to the original spiritual enlightened
path. These were directed by Spirit to migrate to a special underground location.
Then, the First World was destroyed by fire: volcanoes erupting and fire raining
down from the sky, until there was nothing left but the few faithful people inside
the Earth.

The Fourth World is this present world we live in. The survivors spread across
the broad lands, and gradually began building up the high civilizations which
surround us today. Since this Fourth World is the one we have grown up in, we
are aware of the behaviors of those in it. It can accurately be said that, after an
initial time of fidelity to the path of wise consciousness, many have fallen into a
low level of consciousness.

In fact, it can honestly be stated that many people of this Fourth World have
fallen into the fatal flaws of the three previous Worlds: forgetting the Oneness of
all creation, sinking into greed and materialism, and engaging in promiscuity and
aerial mass warfare. But we have added an additional serious element: mass
destruction of Earth and its ecological systems. Thus, the Fourth World's fatal
flaws are: all of the previous Worlds' ones, plus ecocide, the killing of one's own
environment.

And now this Fourth World is coming to an end. Some of the signs indicating
this are: extinctions of plant and animal species; poisoning of lands by toxic
materials; pollution of the seas; and thinning of the upper atmosphere, "ozone
holes", letting in excessive ultraviolet energy, which in turn is killing plant life,
causing cancer in humans, and die-offs of phytoplankton, the source of 90%of
the oxygen necessary for life. Global warming is destabilizing climates, and
upsetting the ecosystems that plants, animals and humans live in.

As the Fourth World careens towards its end, a major new factor is entering the
equation: a widespread series of contacts by various extraterrestrial cultures with
human individuals. What are these extraterrestrials communicating when they
make contact? They express grave concern for how we are killing our planet and
therefore ourselves. Their concern extends to the warfare we are almost
continually engaged in, and the other forms of violence going on: including
people allowing whole populations to die of starvation or disease, while affluent
countries stand by. The ETs want us to take responsibility and turn these
situations around, before it is too late.

But the extraterrestrials also have come to make us aware that we are not alone;
and that our rightful place is to be participants in the larger, cosmic family of
intelligent peoples spread across the universe. But first we must eliminate our
fatal flaws and reorder our lifestyle. We must live with consciousness of our
oneness with all creatures, and with the Creative Source. We must lay aside our
greed and materialism, and learn to live more simply and without undue
attachments.We need to start treating Earth and its ecosystems like our Mother,
with respect and cherishing.

As at the end of the previous Worlds, there will be a faithful remnant of this
Fourth World who will survive, while the others perish. The Hopi Prophecies say
what will happen soon. World War III will be started in the East. Much of the
United States will be destroyed, land and people, by nuclear weapon
radioactivity.

What will the Fifth World to which we are headed be like? The Prophecy gives a
brief glimpse of what is in store. Those who take no part in the making of world
division by ideology are ready to resume life in another World, be they of the
Black, White, Red or Yellow race. They are all one, brothers [and sisters]. As for
this Fourth World, material matters will be destroyed by spiritual beings, who
shall remain to create one world and one nation under one power, that of the
Creator.

We are entering the time of Great Purification, as Earth prepares to transition to


the Fifth World. This is a period of Earth Changes: major earthquakes, tidal
waves, many volcanoes erupting, land subsidence, emergence of new land,
climatic changes, disease pandemics, and widespread starvation. Catastrophes of
human origin are also in the offing, including: warfare involving weapons of
mass destruction, including nuclear, rioting and looting, collapse of monetary
systems, and forced migrations.

As with the previous Worlds, there will be those who want to cling to the old
ways of the Fourth World and resist the need to change. We see them all around
us now. And just as surely there will be those who seek to live in harmony with
the rest of creation. Sensitive co-existence with other life is not ecological
romanticism or fuzzy metaphysics. It is recognition of the true extent of family.

During this transition more than ever before, each of us is being called to serve
the Great Spirit, that Center of Consciousness from which everything derives its
being. Each of us has an important role during this Great Purification. We need to
help find ways for nations, races and tribes to put aside differences, and join
together for the good of everyone. We need to help plant and animal species
survive. We have to bring to an end the pollution of Earth, and return to our
proper role as caretakers of Earth's ecosystems.

We need to lay aside the "success" lifestyle of greed and materialism, and learn
to adopt a lifestyle of "just enough" and "good enough". We need to move away
from the twin follies of promiscuity and puritanism, and learn to reverence sex as
the delightful yet sacred activity of appropriately joining opposites to create a
higher truth. And we need to lay aside the weapons of war, and operate with that
compassion, understanding and economic justice which make for peace.

Native American tradition honors the existence of Thunder Beings. These


Thunder Beings are understood by Native Americans to be messengers from the
powers on high, the Star People (extraterrestrial visitors). The Thunder Beings
are a force for both dissolution and re-creation. In the Plains Indian tradition, a
person who has a visit by a Thunder Being, in person, in vision or in dream,
becomes a heyoka, a "contrary"...

This heyoka then customarily soon starts behaving in a way opposite to the
conventions of the dominant culture. The heyoka does so, precisely in order to
wake up society to see that there are other and fresher ways of doing things.
Thus, the heyokais the human counterpart of the Thunder Beings, who repeatedly
dissolve the existing order and fashion a new arrangement from the pieces.

As we transition from the Fourth into the Fifth World, it occurs to me that not all
heyokasare Plains Indians. Some have yellow skin, others black, others white.
These heyokas of every color are experiencers, and have been changed by their
experience of extraterrestrial contact by messengers from the sky (Thunder
Beings). As modern-day heyokas, experiencers are charged to live as active
witnesses against the ignorance and corruption of the Fourth World, and to live
as witnesses of the Fifth World which is emerging. In doing so, modern heyokas
honor the Thunder Beings, the extraterrestrials, who have come as cosmic
midwives to help us birth the Fifth World.

And there are others, too, who have not had a personal extraterrestrial encounter,
but who are actively helping humanity move towards cosmic citizenship, and
helping usher in the Fifth World society. These are heyokas as well.

Fifth World society is shaped by the feminine paths of cooperation,


nonaggression, inclusiveness, noncompetitiveness, service rather than
dominance, use of psychic and spiritual gifts as well as technology, and living in
conscious harmony with nature's ways.

Word of formal declaration of the birth of the Fifth World was beginning to
spread out to the wider society. This process will take time. But it is important to
realize that the Fifth World has already begun. Just as the Period of Purification
which will end the Fourth World has already begun. During this painful but
exciting period of transition, each of us must stand up and choose: status quo, or
helping usher in the Fifth World.

And here is a miracle. A higher-vibrating person (or heyoka, if you will) is like a
tuning fork, tending to create a higher matching (sympathetic) vibration rate in
others around who are functioning at a lower (Fourth World)
vibratory/consciousness level. Just like a soprano's high note can cause a crystal
glass to vibrate, heyokas can cause Fourth Worlders around them to tend to
increase their vibratory rate. But Fourth Worlders have choices.

They can go along with the higher vibratory/consciousness rate, and transition
into the Fifth World.

Or they can resist and, like the glass, "shatter", as their outlook is increasingly
dissonant with the emerging Fifth World. If they remove themselves from all
contact with Fifth World people, they may buy some little time, but in the end
they will still have to choose.

7 Comments - 5 Kudos - Add Comment

Tuesday, March 28, 2006


2:21 PM - The BIG Picture - ETs, Belief Systems & Our Universe

Current mood: drained


Category: Religion and Philosophy

The BIG Picture:


ETs, Belief Systems & Our Universe

Addressing the subject of extra-terrestrial life is very delicate, and skeptics will
argue that, having never been in outer space, or seen (physically) extra-
terrestrials, I have therefore no authority to speak on the subject.

However, most of us have never seen a proton, which forms the nucleus of the
hydrogen atom, and yet, we believe it exists, because our scientists said so.

If it is true that most of humanity, have never seen an intergalactic ship, or what
is called a mother-ship, it is equally true that millions of people, in America and
abroad, have seen, in our skies, the scouts of these mother-ships, commonly
called flying saucers.

If we believe that the mother Mary appeared to the children of Fatima, because a
group of very 'sane' people have seen the signs in the sky, why should we shy
away from a manifestation, which, to all intents and purposes, is part of earth's
evolutionary process, and will become an accepted fact, as the earth shifts into
the transformational changes that will affect all the galaxies of the Universe seen
and unseen.

So open your mind and your heart, and you will finally realize that, indeed,

There are many mansions in God's Kingdom.

Planet Earth and the Cosmic Universe

Limit not your thoughts to one world, for there are millions that follow their true
orbital paths. And within the worlds of another galaxy, there, life exists.

For you are only the expression of life on one planet, but each galaxy has its own
planets.

And this is the galactic system, where, if you but look into the heavens, you will
realize and appreciate their great beauty, and understand, that, between each
planet, or star, there is a fuller magnitude, than what your brain can truly
comprehend ....This world is being protected from the other galaxies, for there is
life beyond life.

There are, within the vibrations, these ships that are spoken about. There is,
beyond them, an even higher intellect of a human character, not human in the
structure of the body, but rather human in spirit, which floats in an etheric body,
and is of high intelligence, not intelligence as you know it (of intellect), but in a
spiritual knowing, or a spiritual expansion, whereby they can communicate with
earth, and will do so at a future moment....

When Christopher Columbus sailed from Palos, Andalusia, in search of new


lands to discover beyond the sea, he faced up to criticism, and there was a
general outcry, against the audacious fool who tempted fate, by trying to cross
the Atlantic Ocean, when everyone knew that the earth was flat.

Contrary to 16th century beliefs that celestial bodies turn around the earth,
Copernicus challenged the religious and scientific community, by putting
forward the theory, according to which planet earth rotates on its axis in 24
hours, and around the sun in one year. The Italian physicist, Galileo, also shared
and promoted his views.

In Random House Encyclopedia, we find: "Galileo... announced his support for


the Copernican view of the universe, with the earth moving around the sun.

This was declared a heresy by Pope Pius V. In 'Dialogo Sopra i Due Massimi
Sistemi del Mondo' (1632), he defied the pope by making his views even more
explicit. As a result, he was brought before the Inquisition at the age of 70.

While publicly recanting, he is said to have muttered 'e pur si muove' (even so,
the earth does move). For his remaining years, he was silenced by the church."

A few years ago, people of vision, put forward the idea that it was possible to fly,
and the usual throng of skeptics, ridiculed them, and found pleasure, whenever
one of these strange contraptions hit the ground after a few minutes in the air.

Now, thanks to these courageous men, we can fly around the world, at twice the
speed of sound, and the space shuttle Columbia has already entered the legend.

Since its first apparition on the earth plane, the human race has always been
fascinated by this mysterious satellite of the earth, that has inspired bards and
poets of all civilizations, but nobody, with the exception of a few clairvoyant
pioneers, ever thought man would one day set foot on the moon.

Yet, we have conquered it, and our space probes are now trying to unveil the
secrets of Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and other planets and moons of our galactic
system. Full of mystery and challenge, space opens wide before us, and
immensity is at the measure of our open-mindedness.

Today, we are faced with a much greater challenge. For eons of time, inhabitants
of earth have held the belief they were the only intelligent beings in the Universe.
Now, either we are a very stubborn species, or we are really afraid, to face up to a
reality, that has become more than obvious in the present century, when hundreds
of thousands, if not millions, of down-to-earth and trust-worthy people, claim to
have seen in our skies, what is commonly called UFOs, or unidentified flying
objects.

Earth is a very small planet of this galactic system of our universe, which is part
of the many Universes in the greater Universe of God.

Is it small enough? To believe that the Supreme Energy created the Universe for
the sole pleasure and enjoyment of earth people is preposterous.

It shows that mankind may have conquered a very small portion of space, but it
has failed to conquer its fear of the unknown, and still clings to the erroneous
beliefs and ideas, that have been handed down to us in the course of centuries.

One day, an American searcher by the name of George Adamski, observed a fleet
of flying saucers in the sky, and, from then on, he decided to devote his life to the
study of UFOs.

Later on, he was visited by extraterrestrials, and these brought him aboard their
flying saucer. His encounters with Venusians, Martians and Jupiterians have been
greatly publicized in the 40s and the 50s, and trustworthy people, scientists and
others, witnessed one of his encounters with extraterrestrials.

He was welcomed aboard a huge mother ship, by beings of great nobility of soul,
and disarming simplicity. According to the information received, the
extraterrestrials he encountered, already live the Golden Age of humanity.

On their planets, there is no war, no conflicts, and no internal quarrels. Children


have a special place in society, and old people participate in the political and
economic life of their communities.

Willing to impart their knowledge, but wanting first to raise the vibrations of
mankind, they have withheld their own scientific and technological discoveries.
However, eager to share their own feelings and ideals of life, they have conveyed
teachings that totally transformed Adamski's life. He saw, in these space people,
beings of great spiritual beauty, an evolved species, whose only goal was to share
their knowledge with others, and help humanity.

This, of course is not true of all extraterrestrials, and it may be that some of them
are more scientifically than spiritually minded ( and we know what our own
scientists do with animals), but most of those who are now in the vicinity of our
planet, do come for the specific purpose of helping us in the times ahead of us.

Now, whether these are from another space and time continuum, or not, the fact
remains, that their presence is real. It is not because we are limited our own
concept of time and space, that we must deny the existence of other dimensional
levels of existence.

In our modern times, and especially in the second half of this century, there have
been so many reports of close encounters of the third kind, that we can no longer
hide behind our preconceived ideas, to deny the existence of extraterrestrial life,
and the interest aliens seem to manifest, towards our little planet earth.

Adamski was a pioneer in the study of extraterrestrial life. His findings, and the
numerous lectures he made throughout the world, paved the way to all those who
now study the extraterrestrial phenomenon.

As mentioned, we are now at the dawn of a new era in the history of mankind,
not only mankind of earth, but mankind of the whole Universe.

Along with biblical prophecies, the seers of modern times have foreseen great
changes for the end of this century, and new scientific findings tend to indicate
there will be a realignment of the earth's position.

If this assumption is correct, the earth will tilt on its axis, thus causing great
losses of lives, and great changes in the weather patterns, as well as disturbances
of cataclysmic nature throughout the world.

The changes will affect this galaxy, and the repercussions will be felt in all the
galaxies and universes of the greater Universe.
Likely to begin as early as sometimes during the middle nineties, these upheavals
are of such magnitude, and will have such long-lasting effects on other worlds,
that extraterrestrials, from various planets and galaxies, intend to watch very
closely, as these disturbances will also affect their worlds.

It is true that, in this Universe of God, there are planets more spiritualized, and
with much greater technological development than we have. It is also true that,
following the example of planet earth, some extraterrestrials have developed
their skills, and made astonishing strides in science and technology, and this, at
the expense of their spiritual development. The people of these planets, are also
concerned with the near disturbances of earth.

However, their concern has much more to do with the geological and
atmospheric conditions of our planet, and their repercussions on the galactic
system, than with the fate of its people. However, others are truly spiritualized,
and they come to help our planet, and its inhabitants, before, during, and after the
shift of the earth.

While we are just beginning to understand the functioning of the brain, many of
these extraterrestrials, pilot their intergalactic ships with their mind power.

Our own jets and space shuttles, force their way through space with huge
combustion chambers that pollute the earth's atmosphere, when space people use
the gravitational and electromagnetic fields, to travel space in a matter of
minutes.

The schools of life are not limited to earth alone. All inhabitable planets of the
cosmos, evolve in their own understanding, and are as much on the evolutionary
path as we are.

Just as there are people of many races and colors on the earth plane, there are,
within our universe, various forms of humanoids, whose body differ from our
own, so that it can blend with the atmospheric conditions of their specific planet.

They are, as each of us, on their own path and their own understanding, and, they
too, are on their way back to the God-Head. Some of them have sunk below the
level of earth people, while others have reached such a high state of spiritual
development, that they now live on etheric planes of great beauty, in their own
Garden of Eden, where war and disease have been eradicated.
These people live according to the law of One, in peace and harmony with one
another, and with the neighboring planets of their galaxy.

Having conquered space, they travel throughout the galaxies, and our earth is of
much concern to them, as their sophisticated equipment has been able to detect
the various changes that are taking place on the planet at the present time.

Many of the ships circling the earth and surveying its activities, are from material
planets, removed many light years from our own, but distance to them is of no
concern. They can move in a matter of seconds, covering distances that would
baffle the mind of earth people.

Our own conception of space travel still bear the stamp of earth's technology, and
the form of our space ships could not withstand the velocity needed to travel
great distances in a matter of seconds.

These alien ships are equipped with a protective shield, and their gravitational
force is such, that any object coming in contact with that shield will be instantly
sucked in and disintegrated. There have been a few instances where jet fighters
came too near a space ship, and they were disintegrated in a matter of seconds.
The explanation for this, is, that the form of our planes is such, that their wings
become vulnerable when approaching the magnetic field of an alien ship.

The protruding part is then sucked in by the force field, and, as just mentioned,
the rest of the plane follows, and is disintegrated in a matter of seconds.

These accidents are unintentional, and their rarity is proof that most of the alien
ships circling the earth are here, not to conquer our planet, but to help us in times
of need.

They will do anything in their power to avoid confrontation, and they will leave
the earth's atmosphere, rather than endanger the lives of its inhabitants. This is
why there are fewer sightings of these little scouts in the sky, as aliens now prefer
mental contacts, to hazardous ventures into our atmosphere.

All this is no more incredible, than the discovery of a new land far out in the
ocean, when almost everyone thought that the world ended there, or the advent of
air travel, when scientists claimed it was impossible to fly, or again, the
discovery of electricity, the first telephone, television, and computers that can
store an incredible amount of information on what is called a micro-chip.
The fact that one has never seen a flying saucer, is no proof it does not exist.
Even in this century, science and religion still believed planet earth was created
6,000 years ago, when 6,000,000,000 years is not even close to the reality.

And when we consider that the birth of planets follows a sequential order, and
that each planet takes billions of years to cool off before it can sustain life, then
we begin to understand that infinitude is a concept that is beyond man's
understanding.

Our latest telescope may bring us closer to the distant galaxies, but man will
never understand infinitude, unless he recognizes that this infinitude is right there
within the human form.

Man is the greatest generator of energy of the cosmos, and until we recognize
this fact, it will be very difficult to reach any part of the universe in a reasonable
length of time. Voyager 2, launched in 1977, took 12 years to reach Neptune, one
of our most distant neighboring planets.

At that speed, a manned mission in space, is almost impossible, as it would take a


lifetime to travel just a littler part of our own galaxy.

We are still very far from Captain Kirk's Star Trek missions in the cosmos, and
our machines of the earth will never bring man to the confines of this galaxy,
unless he starts working in accord with nature.

If he ever wants to reach the stars, man must learn to control the unlimited
energy that surrounds him. Instead of fighting the elements, he must combine the
natural force fields of the atmosphere, with his own thought power, to nullify
space, and reach his destination in a matter of seconds, or hours.

We have been given dominion over all creation, and we are still crawling and
toiling, when the power is ours for the taking. Gradually, the scales fall from our
eyes, and we are beginning to have a glimpse of the immensity of our own
universe, and the boundlessness of the greater Universe of God.

Yet, we still cling to the old beliefs, and the further our world expands, the more
we become self-centered and arrogant, and the more we believe in our
superiority and uniqueness. How come it is so difficult to face a reality that has
become so obvious?

The fact that thousands of sane and intelligent people, claim to have seen UFOs,
and that many others report physical contacts with extra-terrestrials, should, at
least, lead us to think, that there may be something to it. As we often say, there is
no smoke without a fire, and the least we could do, is keep an open mind on the
subject.

In fact, we deny extraterrestrial existence, not so much because this unknown


reality frightens us, but rather because it opens an enormous breach in a belief
system, instilled into earth people, through the simplistic views of narrow-
minded scientists (the same who thought the earth was flat), and the orthodoxy of
a religiosity much more inclined to hide itself behind self-imposed beliefs, than
open up to the grandeur and the infinity of our cosmic Universe.

There are many mansions in the Universe of God, and while we read it from the
Bible, we refuse to believe that these mansions are inhabited. The inhabitants of
these distant galaxies are much more evolved than we are, and their ways of life
are totally alien to our own.

The warring instinct of earth people, and their intolerance and lack of concern for
others, are enough to scare away extraterrestrials, and it may be the reason, these
are not too eager to establish contact with governments and officials, at least until
the time they are needed in the changes ahead of us.

In a sense, we are the cavemen of the galactic system, and while we consider
ourselves as civilized, extraterrestrials are astonished to discover, that a planet
,such as ours, can exist in the Universe of God: a planet where selfishness is the
key word, and where wars, murders, rape and suicide, are part of the everyday
scene; a planet where millions of Sons and Daughters of God are starving, while
others destroy the crops in order to stabilize prices; a planet where people have
forgotten the meaning of love and brotherhood.

The fact is, we have become a rare species, stubborn and intolerant. Our egotism
has lead us to think in terms of colonialism, nationalism and patriotism and all
the 'isms' that raise barriers and bring trouble and wars throughout the world.

We have confined ourselves within the limitations of fear and egotism, rather
than open ourselves to the universality of all life.

The concepts of nationalism and patriotism, while a seemingly excellent means


to identify ourselves with our own environment, are nevertheless false concepts,
as they go against the principle of universal brotherhood, and the purpose of our
mission in the world.
We are so intent on erecting our own fortified castle of egotism, that we take
fright, at any change that might threaten our relative security. And yet, we are all
expressions and part of the same Energy, just as the cells are part of the body.
How can we accept extraterrestrials in our midst, when we barely tolerate the
presence of immigrants on our own soil.

There exists an interrelationship between the inner and outer world. 'Know
thyself' said the philosopher, and this inner search is the key to the unlocking of
our God-given powers and attributes. Man must discover by himself that, as an
expression of God on the earth plane, he has full control over creation, and, as
they say in a commercial: 'Mother Nature is on our side!'

Thus, instead of fighting the elements, and triggering chain reactions, that can
only harm nature, we could use the sun to power our cars, trucks and machinery,
and the electromagnetic and electrostatic forces of the planets, to travel space,
and cover distances with much less effort and pollution.

If we have been able to make great strides in science and technology in the past
decades, it may be, partly, due to these extraterrestrials, who, for quite a while
now, have allowed some of their own, to sojourn on the earth plane for various
periods of time.

They mix with us and, even though they do not interfere with the life of earth
people, they are active in many sectors of the economy, and they are of great help
to scientific and technological research.

When their mission is completed, they return to their planet, and this is why
many people disappear without trace.

In spite of new technologies and the discovery of laser, our medical progress
could appear outdated to the inhabitants of many planets who have triumphed
over diseases, and have discovered that mind is the builder; that if thought can
bring disease to the body, it can also revitalize that body and bring it back to
health.

We are like the inhabitants of a primitive village who, even though electricity
exists all around them, still use candlelight because they never dared venture out
of their own environment. We have all we need to maintain the vital forces of the
body, but, through ignorance of spiritual laws and a materialistic approach to life,
we are unaware of these forces.
We are impregnated with, but unable to tap into, the Divine Energy that is our
birthright. There is no miracle, only the miracle of the mind, and the power to
express the God within the body.

Once this truth recognized, it will be possible to revitalize the cells of our body,
and that of others, and bring them back to health.

We limit our perceptions to the five physical senses, but our powers of
perceptions are unlimited. For example, extra-sensory-perception is no more
extraordinary, than the invention of telegraph, or telephone.

The Energy that makes it possible to transmit thoughts from brain to brain, is the
same energy that we use to pick up sounds, with or without wires, and relay them
to a receiver, thousands of miles away.

Thought communication is the first means of communication ever used, but that
natural faculty was lost in the mists of time, as we sank deeper and deeper into
the gross material, and lost sight of our Divine Origin.

Thus, to compensate for this loss, language was invented, and, consequence of
humanity's egocentricity and its fears and misconceptions of life, it soon became
the multiplicity of languages symbolized, in the Bible, by the Tower of Babel.
Man did not lose his extra-sensory-perception, he simply lost his ability to tap
into this God-given faculty.

When religions teach us that Adam and Eve were thrown out of the Garden of
Eden, they are only transforming a crucial stage in the history of mankind, into a
fairy tale for children.

Adam and Eve (humanity) never left their Garden of Eden. They simply
atrophied their spiritual senses of perception, lowering their vibrations to the
point, where they created for themselves a material world that befitted their own
degeneration. As repeated so often, the outer world is a replica of the inner word.

Once we raise this inner world to the level of Christ Consciousness, the outer
world will become, again, the Garden of Eden it was at the beginning of
creativity.

We live in a multidimensional universe, of which we know very little. Our own


concept of time and space is one of the limitations of physical reality, as it
prevents us, from perceiving the cosmic reality of other dimensions of life.

All worlds and all dimensions are accessible to us, if we but rid ourselves of the
limitations, imposed upon us by thousands of years of spiritual darkness.

We refute the existence of extraterrestrial life, because we have relinquished our


role of pathfinders, preferring to keep to the beaten track, rather than open
ourselves to the boundlessness of God's Kingdom.

Everyday, we discover new species on the earth itself. We venture into the
microcosmic universe, and discover new forms of life, but we refuse to believe
that the macrocosmic universe can also sustain life forms, as we have on the
earth plane.

Whether we believe it, or not, extraterrestrial life is a fact, and we should keep an
open mind, and get used to the idea that we are not alone in the universe. We
have trillions upon trillions of our brothers and sisters, disseminated in the
cosmos, all of them ready to welcome us in their midst, whenever we are ready.

This vast universe of ours, is only one aspect of God's Universe and its
dimensional levels, all of them occupying the same space, yet all intermingled,
and perfectly aligned one with the other.

If this concept is hard to understand, just think that, in the physical world, the air,
the sounds, the colors, the heat, and the light, all occupy the same space, and yet,
all of them harmoniously blend one with the other.

There is intense, and constant, interaction, between all vibratory levels, and,
although not consciously, we are definitely aware, during sleep, or deep
meditation, of a reality greater than the one we perceive through the five physical
senses.

We are all one great unit, and extraterrestrials, as well as those of the astral
worlds ,and other dimensions of life, are eager to communicate with us and help
us in times of need.

There is a new consciousness envading the world at the present time, and it is the
reason for the many encounters of the third kind, mental contacts with
extraterrestrials, and spirit communications of the last decades.

Originally limited to a few individuals, spirit communication has gained in


popularity since the middle of the twentieth century, and with a little practice,
many of us can communicate with 'the other side'.

Nowadays, hundreds of sensitive people can relay conversations to and from the
astral world. Not too far in the future, it will be possible to receive
communications on a TV set, and converse directly with our departed loved ones.
It is only a matter of having the right equipment, and tuning into the right
wavelength.

The book, 'Life and Teachings of the Masters of the Far East' mentions that there
exists, in the USA, a group of dedicated scientists, who, encouraged by the
teachings of these earthly Masters, and those of evolved beings, such as Jesus,
have invented a camera so sophisticated, that it can photograph events that have
happened hundreds and thousands of years ago.

They have photographed George Washington's inaugural address in 1789, and it


is, actually, possible, to see George Washington, and hear his voice, as he walks,
back and forth, before the group.

They have taken pictures of Jesus' Sermon on the Mount, and the multiplication
of the bread and fishes, as it happened two thousand years ago. It shows the little
boy with the bread and the fish, and, if it was not so, these scientists confirm, it
would not have shown in the picture.

The so-called mysteries of life, unveil themselves, one after the other. Gradually,
we open our eyes to greater realities, and we find that what we call 'the mysteries
of life' is only the ignorance of the law.

Nothing is impossible, and the more we grow in understanding, the more we


have access to all the good things in God's Kingdom.

We receive according to our faith, not blind faith, but a knowing of our divine
potential as Sons and Daughters of God.

It is wonderful to realize that a camera can take pictures of the past, but it is even
more marvelous to know, that our own mind can project these pictures, with even
more accuracy and clarity. The power of the mind is such, that the most
sophisticated of our technological accomplishments, is nothing compared to what
one single thought can do, when directed towards another in a spirit of love and
compassion.
It can move mountains. It can transport us to and from any location. It can feed
us. It can even heal the body, more accurately and permanently, than any doctor,
or medication. We are the gods of this cosmic universe.

We think of the Garden of Eden as a lost country, located somewhere on the earth
plane, when, in reality, the Garden of Eden is the whole Universe of God.

This Paradise is veiled to our eyes, because we cling to the unreality of this
tridimensional world, and we wrap ourselves in the false cocoons of religions,
and their exterior manifestations of piety and worship, rather than flow into the
oneness of God's creation.

Extraterrestrial civilizations have followed the same evolutionary path, and many
of them have found the Garden of Eden of their origin, a Garden where disease is
non-existent, and where people live in peace and harmony. While we content
ourselves with speaking about God, religion or faith, and while we pray that God,
to take sides in our continuous wars, many of these extraterrestrial civilizations,
already live according to the law of ONE.

As mentioned before, they have attained a high level of development, that allows
them to live in peace and harmony among themselves, and with other planets of
the galactic system. Is it so strange that some of them are eager to communicate
with us and establish contact, so that they can be of help when the time comes?

When Christopher Columbus first set foot on the American soil, he discovered a
new land, and encountered a human species (the Indians) unknown in his time,
thus wiping out a myth that had lasted for centuries.

Extraterrestrials are Columbus' Indians, and, once we recognize the fact that we
are not alone in the universe, it will be much easier to accept their presence,
when the time comes.

Through our narrow-mindedness and fear of the unknown, we picture extra-


terrestrials as monsters, when the monster is right here on earth, in the human
mind. The next step on our evolutionary path, is to recognize the existence of
these brothers and sisters of the cosmos.

This, eventually, will allow us to take our rightful place in the Federation of
planets that govern the galaxies of our universe. It is not a Star Trek episode, it is
a cold, hard fact. Subtly. but surely, the way is being paved, and while there is no
official consensus about it, hundreds of millions of sane and intelligent people,
believe in extraterrestrial life.

There will be much to gain in accepting the aliens in our midst, and even though
some of them may have selfish purposes in trying to contact us, many will be
here to convey the teachings of their evolved planets, and help us in the coming
changes.

In the course of centuries, science and religion were forced to make amends, and
they recognized their errors. The rehabilitation of Galileo by the Vatican, in 1979,
clearly shows that religions are not the sole standard-bearers of truth. They are
the mirror of the societies they represent, and, therefore, they carry within their
doctrines, the bias and the misconceptions of these societies.

One has but to look at the hundreds of religions, and their doctrinal differences,
to realize that, even though there is something of the fundamental teachings in
each of these doctrines, none of them has the monopoly on truth.

Faith, as presented by these various doctrines, is a sport that human beings play
eagerly, but, at the same time, it prevents humanity from opening to new
concepts. It is not religion, in itself, which is at fault, for each of them is there for
its own purpose, and, all together, they represent the diversity of man's
experiences on the earth plane.

It is the orthodoxy that encases man's beliefs, in rigid, and made-to-measure,


concepts and principles, from which the believer cannot turn away by fear of
God's wrath, or church's retaliation.

This insistence on proclaiming themselves the sole standard-bearer of truth, is the


Achilles' heel of religions, and it will eventually be their downfall. Experience
shows, that, most of the time, it is men of vision, and not science or religion, that
are proved right. After so many stumbles, we should have learned our lesson.

We should keep an open mind and ask ourselves why, in such a vast and
marvelous universe, there wouldn't be place for civilizations more evolved, and
less barbarous than our own.

We are in such inharmony with nature, that most of our scientific experiences
and achievements, affect, in the short, or long term, the ecological and biological
balance of the planet.

The underground, and above ground, explosions we trigger off, supposedly to


advance science, disrupt the internal structure of the earth, and pollute the
atmosphere.

We have estranged ourselves from the animal kingdom to the point, where we
consider the animal (even our pets) as things of no real value, toys that we return
to the store, or throw away, when it becomes cumbersome. The torture we inflict
on animals, in the name of science, is the shame of humanity.

It denotes a total misunderstanding of the interrelationship, that exists between


all forms of life. If man is the keeper of his brothers and sisters, he is also the
keeper of all these small animals God has placed on his road.

Mutilating and destroying animals to save human lives is a sign of our


selfishness and egotism, and no one who has seen a picture of these atrocities,
can remain unconcerned.

We call ourselves civilized, but we haven't made much progress, and we still
have much to learn. These animals that are sacrificed in our laboratories, for the
so-called purpose of advancing science, do have a spirit and soul. They too, are
on their own evolutionary path, and they reincarnate for their own reasons and
purposes, one of w hich, is to teach human beings the laws of Love and
Compassion.

But there again, it is all part of the learning process, and there is no need to throw
the stone at those who do these experiments. If we do, we are no more charitable
than those who militate in pro-life movements.

The best approach will always be to preach by example, and those who mutilate
animals, will have to learn, one way or another, the respect of animal life, for the
law of cause and effect is immutable, and it encompasses all creation.

Furthermore, it has been proved, that most of these experiences and tests are
unconclusive. They can mislead the searcher, and may even represent a danger.

On the basis of its success with animals, the end product is, eventually, tested on
humans beings, even though it has been proved, times and again, that a drug can
have positive results on animals and negative ones on humans.

Many drugs, manufactured as a result of these tests on animals, have had, in the
short and long term, negative effects whose repercussions still echo in our courts
of justice.
No one has the right to endanger, or take the life of animals for the so-called
excuse of saving human lives, when it is a known fact that many of these
experiences are undertaken to test the reaction of animal bodies to beauty
products, suntan oils and other excentricities of a materialistic humanity. Such
methods should be prohibited.

They are barbaric customs of the past, and remnants of our erroneous principles,
these same principles that assert that animals do not have a spirit and soul, just as
they asserted, not too long ago, that women had no soul.

In this second half of the twentieth century, there have been many reports to the
effect that some people have been abducted aboard space ships, and many of
these abductions have been reported in magazines and books all over the country.

According to these reports, most of the contactees have no conscious


remembrances of these abductions. However, under hypnosis, they related a
strange story of being transported aboard a space ship. There, they encountered
strange beings of various shapes and sizes, some with slant eyes and enlarged
foreheads and others that bear a strong resemblance with earth people.

They found themselves in a kind of laboratory, where they went through many
hours of testing, performed by these extraterrestrials.

Such behavior and lack of ethics may seem uncivilized, but, if we take a closer
look at ourselves, we are not better off with our own laboratory testings, where
thousands of animals are sacrificed in the name of science, not to mention the
many tests that are done, with or without their knowledge, on hospital patients,
residents of old people's homes, and some willing guinea-pigs attracted by the
prospect of money.

Although many of these contactees have reported physiological changes and


discomfort that disappeared after a certain time, they were treated with kindness
by most of these extraterrestrials.

This does not excuse them for abducting human beings in such an offhand
manner, but think of the treatment human beings must go through in the prisons
and concentration camps of our civilized countries of the world. Many of these
abductees have been transformed, physically and spiritually.
They have become more open-minded, more serene, and it has radically changed
their own outlook on life. Although some cannot resist the limelight, most of
them remain simple people, and they try to convey the message of love and
peace they, apparently, received from these extraterrestrials.

However, this does not mean that everything seemingly originating from space
must be taken at face value, and one should be able to discriminate between
open-mindedness and credulity.

If someone tells you he has been assigned by the Federation of Planets to be the
leader of a country, or of the world, you will certainly think twice, before giving
credence to such a presumptuous assertion.

Cults are phenomena of mass hypnosis, where a group of gullible and


impressionable people, gather around a leader who, either brings a message of
deep personal significance to the members, or is able, through a thorough system
of brainwashing, to exercise a control over them.

For instance, a cult has formed around a contactee who claims he has been asked
to build an embassy somewhere in the Middle-East, in order to welcome
interplanetary visitors, who call themselves 'creators'.

According to this contactee, these extraterrestrials are the 'sowers' of the gospels
who planted the seed of human life on earth. Thus, using the New Testament as a
springboard to further their own interests, they invent a story of creation, that
links the origin of life on earth to their own planet, and we are, in a way, the
result of their experiments.

The 'tree of life' is associated with scientific books, and the 'serpent and apple' of
Genesis, represent scientific knowledge, which, according to these
extraterrestrials, was forbidden to earth people.

And, to crown it all, the Fall of mankind is a kind of house arrest of earth people,
by the military of this extraterrestrial world, who thus forbade them all, access to
scientific knowledge. Even Jesus becomes a puppet in their hands.

He is a kind of experiment, and all his miracles are a demonstration of space


technology: he walks on water with the help of an anti-gravitational ray, the
multiplication of the 'bread and fishes' is only a fast growing synthetic food, and
the Sermon on the Mount is accompanied with a beam of light coming from their
ship.
It is not the intention of this book to dwell upon this specific cult, or the many
other cults that have sprung like mushrooms all over America, Europe and other
parts of the world. Suffice it to say that, these people too, are on their own
spiritual pathway, and although it is not of the enlightenment, it is, nevertheless,
a valid life experience.

It was included here, to show that many inhabitable planets are still on the road
to perfection, and far from their ultimate goal. Although some of them are of
different forms, most of these extraterrestrials have human form. They are on
their own evolutionary path, and, as such, they are subject to errors as we all are.

One must beware of teachings that tend to assert the supremacy of any other
species over earth people, for, even though we are, in a sense, the creation of
superior minds, we have been given free will, and our planet is a free and
independant entity within the galactic system.

One thing is sure, such extraterrestrials are not much more evolved than we are,
and their teachings bear the stamp of their own biases and their own
misconceptions of life.

True spiritually-minded extraterrestrials do not interfere in the life of other


planetary systems and planets, at least not to the point of requesting the building
of an embassy to receive them. This is why the earth is watched closely by the
more evolved planets, who will prevent any interference in its affairs.

Some contactees find it difficult to discriminate between tridimensional, etheric


and astral worlds, and they receive messages purporting to be from Jesus, the
Virgin Mary, archangels and other evolved beings, messages that do not always
correspond to the image we have of these entities.

The reason is, that low dimensional levels of the astral world, are full of
mischievous or egotistic spirits, who force their way into the medium's mind, and
try to convey their own distorted thoughts and ideas to earth people.

Furthermore, one must not forget that all these messages are filtered through the
conscious mind of the channelers, and in spite of their obvious good-will, there
will always be biases and misconceptions in these messages. It is a question of
discrimination and good judgment. It is the message that counts, and not the
messenger.
"A good tree cannot bear bad fruits, and a bad tree cannot bear good fruits. (Matt.
7:18), and each must try to recognize, among all these messengers who channel
extraterrestrial, astral, and other dimensional beings, those that convey true
spiritual messages, and those that take advantage of people's credulity, to get
rich, or to act important.

Truth is within, and all these messages and teachings, are only given, to help us
discover our true identity: we are divine beings and co-creators with the God
who created all these systems, planets,and other life forms, including, of course,
these extraterrestrials that we fear so much.

Extraterrestrial civilizations who have at heart the well-being of other people,


will never interfere in the affairs of other planets. So, be suspicious of messages
like the one requesting the building of an embassy.

It is true that there will definitely be help on the way, but this near and ultimate
experience is that of earth people, and it is a lesson for all humanity. We must
prepare for these coming changes, and not leave to others the care of our destiny.
Jesus himself, with all his powers of Christ of God, could not save humanity.

Man is his own savior, and this freedom of expression, that binds him to
materiality is the same freedom that will help him find, alone, the way out of his
predicaments, and the road to Life Everlasting.

As you can see, there is more to life than we, earth people, can conceive, and the
interrelationship between man and his Creator, goes far beyond the concept of a
personal God. In fact, there is no interrelationship with God, unless there is, first,
an interrelationship with all His creatures, and this includes, of course,
extraterrestrials, astral entities, and all evolved beings from higher dimensions of
life.

We are on the earth plane to widen the field of our experiences. Billions of years
ago, we began our long journey into the many worlds of the universe, and, in the
process of perfecting a body to an etheric state, we have had many lives and
many experiences.
And all these have been for the purpose of getting closer to, or merging with, that
Universal Energy we call God. And the only way to do that merging with God, is
to merge, first, with all His creation, as God is All and All is God.

Far from being a threat to us, the existence of extraterrestrial life opens new
horizons for mankind. It broadens our view of the universe, and makes us realize
that the field of our experiences is unlimited, and as vast as we allow it to be.

As our perceptions widen, so does our awareness expand to embrace a wider


spectrum of God's creation. Old concepts are set aside, only to be replaced by
new ones, and it goes, on and on, indefinitely.

The concept of time and space is a reality of the physical worlds, but it is
nonexistent in the etheric worlds and higher dimensions of life. However, this
does not mean that humanity is, irrevocably, confined to this limited condition till
the end of its earthly life.

Each of us is a god within himself, and we perceive the world and the cosmos
according to the awareness we have of the spiritual laws that govern all activities
of life.

All these laws are within the self, ready to be activated, if we but lift the veil of
our limitations and misconceptions of life.

The computer of the mind has all the data necessary to run any program the
thought can conceive, because that computer is the God Energy, ever present in
each and everyone of us.

The keyboard of this computer is the conscious brain, and one of the challenges
of earthly life is to learn how to use that keyboard. If one uses the finder without
knowing the unlimited potential of the multifinder (providing there is ample
memory) he will only be able to open one application at a time.

It is the same with the human computer. We can use the conscious mind (the
finder) all our life, without knowing that we have also access to a superconscious
mind (the multifinder.)

Once we open and master it, we have access to the unlimited potential of the God
within, and we become, again, the gods of creation. We, earth people, have the
same potential and the same rights as those we call extraterrestrials.

If we have remained a primitive species, we can put the blame, not on God, but
on our stubbornness, selfishness and lack of love and compassion, towards our
brothers and sisters of the world.

This is the reason extraterrestrials are reluctant to manifest themselves openly, as


their approach is one of love and compassion, and these are concepts that we
have, as yet, to integrate in our own life. We are the aliens of the cosmos, and if
we ever want to be part of a greater reality, we must make the first steps, and
open ourselves to a new vision of the universe.

Extraterrestrial life is the greatest challenge of the twenty-first century. Let us


hope that those who scorned Copernicus, and laughed at Christopher Columbus,
will have learned their lesson, and, this time around, will open their minds and
their hearts to the innumerable wonders of God's Kingdom.

There is no need to bury our head in the sand. We are not alone in the universe.
We have never been. Extraterrestrial phenomenon is real, and no one can ignore
the importance and the impact the presence of space people will have on our
spiritual evolution and advancement.

We are all ONE.

Excerpts from THE GOD WITHIN, by Elwood Babbitt and Chs H. Hapgood

Sunday, March 26, 2006


4:53 AM - Star Visitors vs The Media's Propaganda Machine

Current mood: high


Category: Life
FINDINGS ABOUT THE REAL STAR VISITORS VERSUS THE
BOGEYMEN OF THE COVER-UP'S PROPAGANDA
by
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.

There are many presentations on television, in UFO magazines, and on the


Internet purporting to describe what "aliens" are like and the purpose of
their contact with Earth.
They vary widely.
Some of these presentations are sensationalistic, and intentionally so.
Because "voltage" sells, and many in the media are interested only in what
sells. Thus, the most lurid and macabre tales about "ETs" are presented.
Other presentations are propaganda pieces, placed in the media as a
second-ditch strategy by the oligarchical Cabal behind the UFO Cover-Up.
Since the Cabal has enormous international wealth at its disposal, it has the
funds and influence to make sure that the majority of presentations which
make it to public view are negativistic in tone.
Their thinking is that if they can't sell you the lie that "UFOs don't exist",
then their fall-back strategy is to convince you that "they are evil mean
invaders."
Thus, the presentations they finance and promote feature the Star Visitors
as torturers, plotters and monsters.
The factual presentations in the media are the result of some producers'
careful sifting of the facts from creative fantasy and disinformation, and
relying on scientific research by qualified professionals who have ventured
into the rarified field of Star Visitor-human encounters.
The producers who care about truth above "voltage", who are smart enough
to get the expertise to sift truth from fiction and disinformation, and who
are courageous enough to push their production through despite dissuasion
by the negative climate created by Cabal's henchmen in the media, are in
the minority. But their work is wonderful, illuminating and exciting.
How do those who want to find and present the truth about Star Visitor-
human encounters get the real facts?
Where can they go to get reality instead of disinformation?
It is a given that in researching reports of extraterrestrial encounters, the
only "evidence" available to study are the human persons involved, the
experiencers.
And the only discipline producing really qualified researchers of persons
claiming extraterrestrial encounters is behavioral science.
Thus, it is only qualified behavioral science professionals who have the
necessary education, supervised training and professional experience to
gather, evaluate, sort and discriminate reports, and collate reliable research
findings about Star Visitor-human encounters.
Such behavioral science professionals have the following five advanced
research qualifications:
1)behavioral science and medical professionals, e.g., psychologists,
psychiatrists, clinical social workers, marriage, child and family therapists,
and certified clinical hypnotherapists, who ideally have a doctorate, or at
least a master's degree,
2) plus many years of clinical experience, including skills in differential
diagnosis,
3) plus formal graduate training in research methodology,
4) plus are open-minded enough to inquire objectively into extraterrestrial
phenomena without presuppositions, and let the data determine the
findings; and,
5) have educated themselves sufficiently about UFO and Star Visitor
matters to have an informed beginning basis for doing research.
As the President of the Academy of Clinical Close Encounter Therapists, I
have had the opportunity to have talked to hundreds of such professionals
involved in this kind of highly-specialized work with persons claiming Star
Visitor encounters.
In so doing, I do not find credible reports of low-life aliens from these
professionals, nor from the experiencers they have worked with.
On the contrary, the reports coming from behavioral science professionals
describe intelligent, wise, compassionate, interested Star Visitors, who
want what is best for our world and theirs.
While the _theoretical_ possibility of "evil aliens" may be postulated, in
fact those civilizations which have evolved far enough to have both the
inclination and the surplus resources to reach out into space to nurture
fledgling planets are not marauders.
The coalition of civilizations making gradually-open contact with Earth
have rightly been called since ancient times "The Watchers".
These "Watchers" are prepared to filter out any (theoretical) marauders who
might decide to drop by this blue planet.
This overview is derived from innumerable Star Visitor communications to
experiencers, from ancient oral traditions and indigenous leaders'
statements, and additionally supported by one of the government's National
Security Council's unacknowledged Special Studies Group subcommittee
insiders himself, Dr. Michael Wolf.
As to whether the Star Visitors will save the day as regards Earth's
ecological crises or the coming cataclysms know as Earth Changes, it is up
to us, and the Star Visitors tell us that, to save our own day (and planet).
They will help, but only if asked, (and not shot at.)
My analysis, and that of Drs. John Mack, R. Leo Sprinkle, Edith Fiore,
Rauni Kilde, Gilda Moura, Ruth Hover, et al., is based on behavior
(extraterrestrial) over time (centuries). Actions speak louder than words.
The Star Visitors' messages contain warnings for us of dangers we are
presenting to ourselves by our ecological, military, social and economic
behaviors.
They provide us with important and useful information for advancing our
society and ourselves mentally and spiritually.
The Visitors are preparing us (via messages relayed through select human
experiencers) to socially accept the reality of extraterrestrial contact, and
are readying us for joining the larger community of inhabited worlds.
Remember: the burden of proof is on the person alleging evil
extraterrestrial races. I have seen no proof of such a hypothesized group.
What has been presented as evidence are lurid tales found in some UFO
magazines and books, the truthfulness of which can be charitably called
elusive, and in plain fact, consist of fictions and distortions.
Yes, the Star Visitors who interact with humans are benevolent. There are
major human misunderstandings of some Star Visitors, due to human
anthropomorphic tendency to lack understanding of quite different cultures
and personality styles.
As anthropologists have shown, in dealing with culturally very different
human groups on Earth, it is incorrect to judge the culturally-different
human group by the cultural standards of one's own culture.
Even in America there are people who put down another ethnic group
because they think/phrase things/behave differently than we do.
Some Star Visitor races are here to teach, some here to guide, some to heal,
some to advance us culturally, some to advance us biologically, some to
study us, some to passively observe, some to take samples of our flora and
fauna, some to stand guard to protect us, or to protect space from our
plutonium-contaminated space probes and space weapons systems.
None are here to invade, none are here to kill, none are here to intimidate,
none are here to culturally take over.
Neither are we humans the bad guys , but we do have some less-evolved
persons in our midst. That is the way it is in the universe as well, we are
told.
However, the difference is that the less-evolved cultures on other planets
are not permitted by the Inter-Galactic Federation to roam the galaxy freely
and cause havoc on vulnerable planetary populations, such as Earth.
There are reasons why we have been assigned the Watchers since our
earliest times. And protection is certainly one of those reasons. Genuine
interest and concern in our positive evolution and development are
additional reasons.
You will note that the above description is in marked contrast with the
rampant disinformation peddled by the "assets" of the rogue UFO Cover-
Up: which include such propagandists as ex-CIA operative John Lear, Jr.,
ex-Naval Intelligence operative "Wild Bill" Cooper, Budd Hopkins, David
Jacobs, "ex"-CIA operative Derrel Sims, and "ex"-Air Force Intelligence
operative John "Val Valerian" Grace, et al.
It should also be noted that some of the lurid reports being palmed off on
the public as examples of "alien misbehavior" are actually secret
psychological warfare operations by human rogue military-intelligence
units.
These renegade military-intelligence units kidnap civilians without legal
authorization or justification. These units drug those they kidnap,
(often experiencers). These renegades deliberately intimidate,
interrogate, physically abuse, and even gang-rape the civilians they
kidnap.
The renegade military-intelligence units then use brainwashing
techniques to make the civilians they kidnap forget about the military
kidnapping, while the renegades hypnotically implant a false memory
about the horrific experience as an alien abduction

This is the level of evil, distortion and treachery that the Cabal
repressing UFO truth goes to to protect their monopoly of highly-
advanced extraterrestrial technology recovered from UFO crashes: a
monopoly which has brought them trillions of dollars in profits over
the last four-plus decades.
So, when you next read an article or watch a television presentation which
purports to describe a Star Visitor-human encounter, you can ask yourself:
Is it Hollywood, is it propaganda, is it fantasy, or is it the truth?

- Richard Boylan, Ph.D.

Richard Boylan, Ph.D., LLC


Behavioral scientist, exo-anthropologist, researcher, consultant,
hypnotherapist, educator
.. language="JavaScript" src="http://hostingprod.com/js_source/geov2.js">..>..
language="javascript">geovisit();..>
Currently listening :
Axis: Bold As Love
By The Jimi Hendrix Experience

Release date: 28 January, 2003


5 Comments - 2 Kudos - Add Comment

4:35 AM - The Various Kinds of Star Visitors

Current mood: indescribable


Category: Life
THE VARIOUS KINDS OF STAR VISITORS
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.

"Race" distinguishes various Star Visitors of decidedly different


appearances. More research into exo-biology, (the science of Star Visitor
life's physical structure and processes), will help us understand better how
many races of intelligent species we are dealing.
So would the declassifying of the Government's already considerable
covert research on Star Visitor ("exo-")biology, (such as is going on at
NASA's Ames Research Center, Sunnyvale, CA, and at Los Alamos
National Laboratories, NM.
For convenience I shall use the term "race" to distinguish Star Visitors of
significantly different anatomical features.
The most common Star Visitor race encountered has a number of variants.
These variations in size and details of appearance may represent origins on
different planets. This race is popularly, and rather imprecisely, called the
"Grays".
The "Grays" are stereotyped, by uninformed or careless writers, as: short,
upright, two-legged beings, three-and-a-half feet tall, with grayish- white
skin, large, hairless, fetal-shaped heads, with huge, all-black, sloping,
almond-shaped eyes without pupils or eyelids, whose eyes wrap around
partially towards the temple-area sides of the head, a narrow jaw tapering
to almost a V, small nostril holes but no nose, a small, thin, lip-less,
horizontal slit for a mouth, thin torsos with no ribs and no genitals evident,
long, spindly, but surprisingly strong arms reaching to the knees, similarly
long, very thin legs, and hands with three long, non-tapering, joint-less
fingers, which end in claws instead of fingernails, but no thumb.
To be sure, there is such a race of beings; or at least a race, of which this is
one variant.
However, there are also: five-foot tall "Grays", seven-foot tall "Grays",
"Grays" with mushroom-white skin, "Grays" with brown skin, "Grays"
with black skin, "Grays" whose large eyes have a thin nictitating membrane
which can extend across the eye, "Grays" with midnight-blue eyes, "Grays"
with wispy fine small amounts of hair on their heads, "Grays" with four
fingers, and "Grays" with three or four fingers and another finger
positioned where the human thumb would be, and "Grays" whose fingers
end with suction-cup-like tips.
There have also been Star Visitors reported who have a large process of
folds along the back of their heads, a series of deep creases or crevices
along the top of the head, sloping down forward towards the front, and with
a strongly-pronounced brow- ridge above the eyes.
Are these twelve different races; or variants based on evolving in different
climactic zones on one planet?
Does this represent racial variation within inhabited planets in one star
system?
Or are these variations which occur within one cluster of star systems?
Or does the "Gray" genotype tend to appear in many different star systems,
on some planets, along with other races, on other planets, within those
same star systems?
The truth is, we do not know. Or at least that information has not been
released to the public.
Thus, we are still at the stage of gathering information on the various
different types of intelligent lifeforms visiting our planet.
Another source of variation even within what is apparently one race is
clothing. Many experiencers report that their "Gray" visitors wore no
clothes.
Others have seen "Grays" wearing long robes and hoods over their heads.
Others have seen crews where both versions of attire, as well as close-
fitting jumpsuits, were in evidence. Yet Grays are not the only ones
wearing robes.
Another race of Star Visitors is the 4-to-5 1/2-foot tall Being, with a
somewhat large head (by comparison with the human head) but not as
proportionally large as the "Grays", and who has somewhat large (but
smaller than the "Grays") dark oval eyes, spindly frame and limbs, and a
hand with three long, cartilaginous, bone-less fingers, which end with
neither claw nor suction-cup, but rather "ordinary" fingertip shape, except
that their fingers do not taper.
A more distinctive kind of Star Visitor is the "Praying Mantis type" race.
These Beings have long, narrow faces, with long, narrow, large eyes,
sharply slanted upward and outward in an almost narrow-V position, given
an almost insect-like appearance.
This comparison is heightened by the Praying-Mantis types' extremely thin,
long torsos, long, extremely-thin arms which are usually crooked into a
sharp bend at the mid-joint, with the hand and fingers/mitten sloping
almost vertically downward from the "wrist", and legs also bent at an
almost right-angle at the mid-joint, creating a crouched pose.
The overall effect is the characteristic "Praying Mantis" look. It should be
noted that experiencers feel that this type is no insect, but rather an
intelligent, gentle-spirited, but somewhat "hyper" and jerky-moving,
human-like lifeform.
There are both males and females.
Another race is the so-called "Reptilians", or "Reptoids", although I note
again that there is no implication in these descriptors of anything other than
of intelligent, communicative persons.
What distinguishes these "Reptilian" Star Visitors is their skin, which has
small, fine scales, rather than smooth, their face, which has larger-than-
human yellowish-green eyes with a "starburst"-shaped pupil, the eyes often
oval, and an almost snout-like blunt process in the area of the nose and
mouth, giving this type an almost dragon-like humanoid appearance.
Another group of Star Visitors for convenience, I call the "Jawas", after
their resemblance to the creatures in the film, Star Wars.
This group is distinguished by their clothing. They wear hoods and robes,
are generally short (three to four-and-a-half feet tall), and their faces are
concealed by the shadows thrown by their hoods.
Sometimes there is a much taller hooded and robed one on board the UFO,
who often stands to the Experiencer's left as s/he lies on the Visitor medical
examining table.
This Tall One appears to direct the procedures, and often is the one who
telepathically communicates with the Experiencer.
A few Experiencers have noted glowing eyes under the "Jawas'" hoods.
Other Experiencers have reported that when they got a glimpse of the
Being whose face was shadowed by the hood, it was a type of "Gray".
Still others saw neither glowing eyes nor "Grays" under the hoods, but
rather never could distinguish the features in the shadows of the hoods.
There are often mixed- race crews on the UFO's. In such cases there could
be "Jawas" or "Praying Mantis" types or "Reptoids" or "Grays", joining in
a coordinated effort in carrying out scientific or medical tasks.
A few Experiencers have noted robot-like figures, whose movements and
"vibes" (or rather lack thereof) strongly suggest that these are robots sent
remotely by the Star Visitors to observe, reconnoiter, and possibly retrieve
objects.
However, I have not encountered any reports of robots actually interfacing
with humans to accomplish communication, or to remove the human to
their craft for scientific examination.
The robot-like figures appear to be relegated to the more impersonal tasks
of information-gathering and stealthy surveillance, without the risk to the
Star Visitors that they would otherwise run of possibly encountering hostile
human responses.
My research has also come up with a goodly number of reports of
"Humanoids", "Blondes", or "Nordics", Star Visitors almost
indistinguishable from humans.
Indeed, Native American and other indigenous people's traditions point to
their origin from the worlds of these human-looking Visitors in the
Pleiades, Sirius, Orion and other star systems.
If you were to place a pair of sunglasses on one of these "Nordic" Visitors,
they would be indistinguishable from a Scandinavian-American citizen.
I have also encountered reports where the Experiencer believed that the
Star Visitor s/he was dealing with appeared to be a human.
However, in some cases, this turned out to be an Star Visitor-imposed
mental visualization in the mind of the experiencer, the so-called "screen
memory".
Upon closer looking, the experiencer was able to see the actual nonhuman
face of the Star Visitor behind the mentally-imposed "human" mask.
My favorite variation of this mental cloaking experience occurred to one
experiencer who believed she was encountering a human "spaceman". I
invited the Experiencer to look closely and carefully at the face of the
"human spaceman".
When she did so, she suddenly was startled. "Oh, my", she said," It's not a
human after all. It's one of those Grays."
Other details made me suspect we were still not done. I suggested she study
closely the face of her "Gray" visitor. Startled, she could see that it was a
"Reptoid" who had previously cloaked himself mentally as a "Gray".
Another Star Visitor racial type described are the short, chubby "Dwarf"
Star Visitors, with round pudgy faces. They seem to be relegated to doing
the menial chores during a contact.
Yet another race is what could be dubbed the Bird People. This group's
most pronounced feature is a broad, downward-sloping proboscis,
somewhat like an oversize broad bird beak or flexible dolphin beak, with
the mouth underneath the beak.
These Visitors have graceful ovoid heads, and long thin necks. They have
thin, horizontal, slit-like eyes with dark pupils.
They are telepathic, kind- hearted, and powerful healers and teachers.
Then there are the light beings, the energy beings, and the pure,
disembodied consciousnesses.
The light and energy beings do not have a solid, three-dimensional body,
but rather there presence is marked by the presence of an ill-defined mass
of light or other energy.
In the case of the pure consciousnesses, the only signal of their presence is
the onset of telepathic contact, and, occasionally, their influence on
something in the local environment.
Undoubtedly, many more races could be described. We as humans are
challenged by intelligent life that looks so different from us, a challenge
which can be disturbing.
But it can also remind us that the Source of All is myriad in its expression
of lifeforms, including intelligent lifeforms, across the vast Universe. Only
the most anthropocentric would be offended by the Supreme Source's
creation of intelligence in other anatomical packages.
And, indeed, Star Visitor messages tell us that we are that special variant
mix of intelligent life: part-Earth primate, part-Star Visitor intelligent
lifeform.
Thus, when any of us has an encounter with a Star Visitor, we truly are
meeting our "distant cousins".
- Richard Boylan, Ph.D.
Richard J. Boylan, Ph.D., LLC Post Office Box 22310, Sacramento, CA
95822, USA (916) 422-7400; E-mail: drboylan@sbcglobal.net
Official website: www.geocities.com/drboylan or www.drboylan.com

Currently watching :
Close Encounters of the Third Kind

0 Comments - 0 Kudos - Add Comment

Friday, March 24, 2006


6:11 AM - Connecting with ET Intelligence

Current mood: hopeful


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural
Connecting with Extraterrestrial Intelligence
Integrating a Universal Principle that some Beings from 5th density
realities and upwards, know well.

The Universe operates on a basic principle, that of the Law of


Attraction: what is not like itself cannot come together.

This law works to prevent utter and complete chaos in the Universe.

This is a Universal principle that integrated Galactic intelligence(s)


well know...those that are so powerful, they never force or show
their power...those who are fully functioning as a whole being.

Meaning they have not only balanced both the masculine and
feminine principles, within self...they have come to know and
resonate in the faster, lighter frequencies...brought about through
the true definition of what unconditional love represents.And it has
nothing to do with modern mans definition of what that is.

When our human race, the collective whole, integrates this


Universal principle, there will be much more love than fear upon
our planet.

Then we will draw to us those that are like us...because of


electromagnetic matching frequencies. But until then we cannot
come together, because we are of different vibrational frequencies.

We naturally have no fear of something if we are like that something.

Right now, in this the beginning of the a new millennium, as a


human race we are primarily more fear based than love based, and
because of that we can only draw to us those beings that feed on
that fear.

That is all going to change as we change, as we begin to function as


the whole beings we are � that love and allow, and bring to
balance both the masculine and feminine principles within all of us.

In doing that, we will be moving from 3rd density realities into the
4th.

It is the design of the magician to become a 5th density being, those


that operate and function in the frequency of unconditional love.

Where Future and Ancient Civilizations or Parallel Realities


Exist, and How to Prepare for Open Contact.

Future and ancient civilizations or parallel realities simultaneously


exist where there is no time...as anything and everything can only
exist in the moment it does.

That is why the NOW moment is so powerful.

It is all you have or ever will have. All past, present and future
realities are experience NOW.
Preparations for contact or encounters by what we call UFOs with
other worlds, can only come about through the speed of love, the
frequency of vibration that will allow wide mass contact with
integrated 5th density Beings or ET's (extraterrestrials) ...
sometimes known or referred to as our future selves, operating
outside of this time zone.

Physical contact can only come about when we are operating on the
same frequency. Until then, as a mass we will be attracting contact
with the fear-based type.

Unconditional Love, the Speed of Love and How it Can Bridge


the Worlds Between ETs and Humanity.

Unconditional love (the fastest frequency of energy in motion) has


a frequency of vibration that travels faster than the speed of light.

Some call it the speed of love, where there can be no fear,


because it bypasses any restrictions or physical conditions.

Where there are high amounts of fear within the individual or


collective consciousness, there can be no physical conscious
contact with 5th density and upwards, "alien races" who operate and
function within the frequency of unconditional love
�which knows there is nothing to fear.

When mass consciousness here on our earth has come to know the
frequency of unconditional love, there will be open communication
and interaction through the media, with other super intelligent
worlds, ETs or Star Visitors from outer space, that travel at the
speed of love...which bypasses all conditions...thus puts no
conditions on being able to travel at the speed of love.

Spacecraft of this nature are operated by those who have mastered


the craft of 5th density creator. They have integrated the true
definition of unconditional love, or the speed of love, that
produces our natural, magical state of being.

Time-Travel
Integrated 5th density and upwards ET intelligence know that the
moment they think of something, they are that something, instantly,
because they do not experience time as we know it.

That is why they can come from such far away places so easily,
without a thought, other than that thought. So given that, in order to
have contact with fully functioning 5th density realities, we must
travel at the speed of love. Time-travel takes place outside of time
as we know it, here on earth.

The Illusion of Time, Disease and Why We Age.

Time is just something here on earth that allows us a grace period


between the idea or thought of something and the manifestation.

The element of time serves us, as it allows us to fine tune and


master the craft of creator. If every thought was equal to itself in
experience, we would be overwhelmed with contrary creating.

That is why time is only relevant here on earth, and those who do
not operate within time as we know it, can travel faster than the
speed of light, which is love.

Love, in the brightest unconditional illuminating light, has no limits or


restriction.

It is all there is, this love, and it instantaneously travels because it is


not in the appearance or illusion of being separated from itself. It is
the invisible essence of all things.

As creators, we are lovingly allowed to create the illusion of things


other than love. We are indeed loved that much by our unlimited
infinite energy Source. Love has no beginning and no end, therefore
there is no end to what we can create here on earth.

By integrating the true definition of unconditional love, there you


will find what is termed heaven on earth.

Have you ever had such a good time that the time seemed to fly?
When you experience no time on earth ("where did the time go
� I was having so much fun"), you do not age.

In those "times" you literally did not experience time, as you were
having "the time of you life. You literally put more life into yourself.

Resistance or dis-ease is the only thing that ever ages us. So


naturally, the less resistance you have, the longer you will live.

There are a few masters here on earth who utilize this knowing, and
live as long as they desire to...while here in the physical.

Time is the only thing that slows us or any creation down, if we are
not moving through time gracefully.

The Grace Period and Being in the State of Grace.

That grace period between the thought you think and the
manifestation of matter, or material densification of nonphysical
spirit, is what allows things to come to you fast, if you are in the
state of grace.

Why?

You are allowing gracefully the things you create in mind, to come
about in time. Then you are operating at the frequency of
unconditional love, at the speed of love.

This loving allowance allows others who operate there to have


contact with you, by the universal principle or physics of Law of
Attraction.

Currently listening :
HURT Vol.1
By Hurt
Release date: 21 March, 2006

0 Comments - 0 Kudos - Add Comment


Saturday, March 25, 2006
10:33 PM - Taking the Spiritual Approach to UFOs & ET Contact

Current mood: grateful


Category: Dreams and the Supernatural
Taking the Spiritual Approach to UFOs and ET
Contact
As in the old American TV show "Let's Make A Deal," we face three
choices when considering our approach to UFOs and ET life.

First, there is Door Number 1, through which we'll find nothing more than
scattered data on sightings, material evidence, cover-ups and conspiracies.

Inside this box we're treated to endless debates between those with secret
information and those who deny it, UFO researchers of various persuasions
and professional debunkers, the so-called scientists who currently guide
public opinion about cosmic truth (the late Carl Sagan being the most
prominent).

These two groups, strange bedfellows indeed, have been locked in mortal
combat for the past 50 years. Each side claims to hold the truth, but neither
is convinced by the other.

To be honest, the die-hard skeptics never cry defeat, while the UFO
researchers, no matter how professional they are (such as the late Dr. John
Mack-Harvard University, whose expertise was in abduction experience),
can't produce indisputable proof of alien life, cover-ups, or secret
technology.

I guess this is to be expected, but what really seems sad is that this whole
battle, as well as the focus on secret doings, actually does quite little to
improve humanity.

Like nomads fighting over desert sand dunes, the arguments between
skeptics and believers are fruitless, and in any case, the human spirit can
never be nourished by physical ET proof or evidence of cover-ups.
Although Door Number 2 is a bit more exciting, it's also a shut-in box.
Choose this one and you'll find spooky grays, bizarre experiments and
genetic tinkering by shadowy intruders.

While I acknowledge the reality of abduction contact and negative beings, I


know these represent only one piece of a much larger puzzle. Trying to
know the mind of ETs through focusing on this material is somewhat like
judging national character by visiting the prisons: a severe sampling bias
will skew the results.

Furthermore, most people who've had traumatic experiences and most of


the experts on the front line with negative beings are unaware of the deeper
issues involved. They usually have little metaphysical understanding of the
powers of Self, light, and consciousness, and almost no grasp of spiritual
healing and Divine Power.

Instead, the community is fed a steady diet of horror stories, left in the dark
with helplessness, terror and doubt, expecting the worst with no recourse to
inner God. It's important to realize that this is just one chapter of a far
longer book, and there are answers and solutions. When we remain
concerned only with the ET criminal element, the human spirit withers.

There is still Door Number 3, through which you'll find an integrated


metaphysical perspective that takes into account the deeper cosmic plan in
which ET Walk-ins, Wanderers, and world servers operate.

With a different vision of UFO reality and a focus on soul-evolution, the


underlying energy here is wholly spiritual. With this perspective, we use
such terms as cosmic unity, the transformation of consciousness, self-faith
and trust in true self.

While skeptics and empirical researchers are locked in endless debate, anti-
conspiracy activists angrily fight the system (which, by the way, is going to
collapse quite soon anyway), and those in the abduction field try to put a
good spin on tales of terror and violation, we can begin to go a lot deeper
by inquiring from those who claim to be from elsewhere.

Here we find inspiration, purpose and meaning, as well as people who have
been genuinely uplifted by rare experiences. They're not arguing; they don't
portend doom; they affirm that the cosmos is filled with intelligent life; and
they say that love is the key. Their message offers us a more balanced
picture of Universal Life. We can gain much by at least giving them an
open ear.

These are subtle matters, but I think they need to be told for two reasons:
first, to provide a larger window through which we can see the meaning of
the present time, and second, to support those of us who actually are from
elsewhere.

Extraterrestrial souls really do come to help the planet, and our work really
doesn't depend on the extent of our public acceptance. The planet itself
makes use of the harmonized energies that stream from awakened and
balanced ET souls, as well as from all those who live in love.

Like an elementary school that is about to become a high school, I believe


that very soon this Earth will no longer house destructive young souls who
don't know the meaning of loving-kindness. They'll simply need to go
elsewhere.

For the past 75,000 years, from the long-lost civilizations of Atlantis and
Lemuria to the present, this planet has been a schoolhouse for souls who've
not yet learned to love.

In the future, in what is considered "4th density," it will be a school for


those who are already based in love, and are in the process of developing
wisdom. This spiritual winnowing process is behind the true meaning of
the Christian terms of "rapture... apocalypse... judgment day... and the
kingdom of Heaven on Earth." The meek (i.e. the unconditionally loving,
gentle, kind, and generous) will inherit the Earth.

As living souls evolve freely throughout an infinite cosmos, there are


countless places to go for those humans who keep their hearts shut in
denial of inner love. It is the task of those from elsewhere, the Wanderers
and Walk-ins, to provide an energy boost for Earth in its time of need, and
to unconditionally support those who choose to open their hearts. We are
here as a catalyst.

Remember, nothing is carved in stone. If we are committed to spiritual


growth, our work begins with clearing the personal haze of thinking and
feeling, and continues through further opening and directed service to
radiate the clear light of love, wisdom, and being.

If you want to help, you will make a difference by giving whatever you can
when you can, being sensitive to those around you, living an open life with
kindness and intelligent goodwill.

The ET souls on Earth, not special or grandiose, are simply here to support
humanity's growth into a more conscious race.

Currently listening :
In-Flight Music for UFOs

By Spacerocket
Release date: 2004
2 Comments - 4 Kudos - Add Comment

7:00 PM - Choice and Perception

Current mood: contemplative


Category: Religion and Philosophy
Choices of Perception

Our five senses are constantly bombarded by more stimuli than we could
ever consciously attend to. Therefore, we must filter out most of what we
perceive and only be aware of a small portion of our total life experience.
All that we have chosen to ignore is then stored in our unconscious and
superconscious minds.

These "perceptual filters" are created by our beliefs, because it is our


beliefs that influence our expectations. In turn, our expectations influence
our perceptions. For example, if we believe that the world is a hostile place,
we will expect to see an enemy around every corner. Then, someone comes
around that corner, a normal someone with a vast and paradoxical range of
thoughts and emotions.

Since we believe that the world is hostile, we expect to see an angry


threatening person. Therefore, we will be aware of only the portions of that
complex person that express anger.

We will filter out the portions that are kind and loving and then "defend"
ourselves in an angry fashion. With our fear and anger we amplify the fear
and anger in this stranger. Voila! We have created an enemy, and we have
also reaffirmed our belief that the world is a hostile place.

On the other hand, let us say that our belief is that the world is generally a
loving place and that most people are of good nature.

Now, on the very same day, at the very same time, we walk around the
same corner and meet that same complex person. Because we believe the
world is generally a loving place, we expect the approaching person to be
friendly. Therefore, we smile warmly and say hello.

Since we are warm and friendly, we amplify the portion of this stranger that
is also warm and friendly. Also, we expect a friendly reply, so we filter out
the portion of the person that is frightened or angry and choose to perceive
the portion of the person that is warm.

In this scenario, it is likely that that person will respond in the same manner
in which he or she was addressed. Again, we have affirmed our belief by
our expectations and the perceptions arising from those expectations.

Creation of Belief Filters

How were the beliefs that created our filters formed?

Belief filters are custom made based on a hierarchical system. In other


words, what is most important comes first.

And, what is most important of all is survival. Inherent in all species is the
fear for survival". Once this fear is activated, we will create systems that
provide a primary coping mechanism so that we can survive.

For example, if you are a person who believes that the world is a hostile
place then you were likely raised in a frightening environment.

Your belief system was indeed necessary for you to reach adulthood. In
order to survive early life, you learned to believe that everyone and
everything was a possible threat.

Therefore, you expected an enemy everywhere and constantly prepared for


battle. The external danger was then internalized and the battle continued
even though the war was over. Unfortunately, since you are now creating a
reality filled with your childhood fear, the war is NOT over.

On the other hand, if you are a person who believes that the world is a
loving place you were likely raised in a safe and caring environment. Or,
perhaps you worked through your early fear and anger and found a way to
believe in love.

Either way, you learned to believe that the world is a loving place or, at
least, you learned to believe in the power of love.

Therefore, you are now able to filter out the surrounding negativity and be
aware of the positive.

The fact is, not many of us were able to come into adulthood without some
fear, anger, loss or pain. However, if we were somehow able to find love,
then we can use our past trauma to recognize real "not perceived" danger so
that we can protect ourselves.

All of us are now experiencing, or have experienced, a reality that was


created for us by our families, our past, and our society. These realities are
based on beliefs that were programmed into our consciousness.

Some of these beliefs have assisted us, but some of them have created great
limitations in our ability to expect and perceive the positive and loving
aspects of our third dimensional life (see unconscious section).

Our beliefs can be changed, but habit is powerful. The reality that is
familiar brings comfort, even if it is painful. Therefore, how can we break
out of the habitual beliefs of the familiar and dare to step into an unknown
and unfamiliar reality?

Changing our Reality

To change our reality we must change our beliefs. We must transmute our
beliefs in fear and limitation into beliefs in love and freedom.
When our belief system is based on fear, we feel separate from the world
around us because our view is that everyone and everything may try to
harm us.

However, when we learn to believe in love we feel united with the world.
Everyone and everything can then be viewed as a new opportunity to
experience love.

Belief in fear and limitation creates a self-image of victim hood, "The


world is my enemy and I am its victim."

On the other hand, belief in love and freedom creates a self-image of


empowerment, "Somehow I created my reality and since I created it, I can
change it." It is in switching from "living in fear" to "living in love" that we
can alter the basis of our belief systems.

Only then can we begin to change the reality that we experience. This
change takes time and experience, but if we can understand that our
experiences are lessons, we can begin our transformation from a dependent
victim to a dependable leader. This transformation has three phases:
"dependent," "independent," and "dependable."

Everyone moves through these stages of consciousness. Since we are all


complex people, we often move through these phases more quickly in some
areas of our life and more slowly in others.

Usually, it is in the areas of our life where we have experienced love that
we can transform quickly and the areas that have caused us fear that
transform more slowly.

Unfortunately, it is these fear-filled areas of our life that often become our
personal nemesis, and we return again and again to address the same old
issue in a new way.

Fortunately, we each have only a few of these "stuck" places. These areas
of our life are our greatest challenge yet they also provide the greatest
possibility for growth.
Currently listening :
Imagine
By John Lennon
Release date: 11 April, 2000

2 Comments - 2 Kudos - Add Comment

Tuesday, January 31, 2006


2:00 AM - A MESSAGE TO ALL SPIRITUAL FRIENDS

Current mood: grateful


Category: Hopeful Dreams and the Supernatural
A MESSAGE TO ALL MY SPIRITUAL FRIENDS

Thank you for tuning-in to this message.

Those of you who know me are getting to know that I am in Service to


Others and will go out of my way to help assist support, pray for, or even visit
if one of you needs help. I do not ever expect anything in return. The choice
had been made from my Heart and so it Is.

Blessed be.

You who I converse with, and those who, for the time being I simply watch
and bless & wait for a time to share and become better acquainted with are
all Loved by me in my Heart.

Why? Because I've been taught from my Great Spiritual Teachers the great
importance to come to know this way of thinking, as it is where we will
choose to operate out of in ALL our lives in the VERY near future. Our
lifetime, it will be a component for our collective survival.

The Heart is a magnificent intelligence system unto itself and is like a


computer to all things, a communication transmitter/receiver, a portal for light
encoded filaments from Angelic Realms to link to.

How do we Log on to this CPU?


Love. Simple. Practice Love. Everywhere especially when the tendency is to
hate or honk the horn or flip off others who were the source of challenge to
your centered state of Love.

To return their type of 'Love' is making a choice to lessen your own frequency
of influence.

Our thoughts are very very powerful, and someday we'll be able to measure
just what the heck our Minds and our Hearts are doing as part of our
environment, and our plants and animals, and each other.

We will be shocked, amazed,... A moment in History which magically will


instill purity in our mass thought content, and universal responsibily
regarding mind energy...

AND OUR WORLD WOULD CHANGE.

The immediate, the change in rapport with animals, the planet itself, and the
light from this celestial event will be seen by those who knew this to come to
be eventually.

The Galaxy, in Celebration of all g-localized life sheres and Federations


alliances finalizing the new Grand Revision of a long ago agreed upon
exopolitical Consitution:

Earth Project Terra : TERMS, CONDITIONS LIMITATIONS & LIABILITIES

I deal with the REALITY of all this I speak of in my everyday reality. A reality
which by choice lives this dream or impossibility as best I can. I had been
shown these things of palpable, immediate inevitability and that's a real hard
thing to deal with at times. Naive are the armchair futurists who are loud and
resolute and of abrupt critical minutia obsession.

IT IS NOT WHAT YOU KNOW,

IT IS NOT WHO YOU KNOW.

IT IS NOT WHAT YOUR PROFESSION COVINCES YOU OF NOR TOPICS


OR IDEAS THAT FASCINATE THE MIND either...

IT IS HOW YOU ARE RIGHT NOW.


IN YOUR MIND,
IN YOUR HEART.
IN YOUR INTENTIONS.

AND SO IMPORTANNT THE DEGREE OF UNCONDITIONAL LOVE FOR


EVERYTHING THAT IS SUSTAINED AND FLOWING FROM YOUR HEART
CENTER. THIS IS WHAT IS RECOGNIZED BY ANGELIC FRIENDS.

HOW YOUR MIND'S EYE CAN BE SO NATURALLY VERY WISE AND


INTUITIVELY BRILLIANT IS CREDITED TO THE HEART CENTER...

-------

I know I have stated these ideas before. They need to be inplemented in


everyone's lives. So I send out my frequency that is that New expression in
general, but it can be a lonely, sad place Walking between the Worlds when
your knowings are often placed second to societal peer pressure dead set
silently in many sizes amd colors: The Great Order of Mass Miserablilty
demaning company!

This IS SAD. But Survival, right? Sure...

---------

Also, I will now spend a brief moment to speak to all INDIGO, CRYSTAL,
and/or RAINBOW Children.

"Bless and Heal our STARSEED adults / children, as much we Bless and
Celebrate Our beloved STARKIDS (the current crystal descriptive) Message
to our Indigo/Star/Crystal Brethren: ...KNOW in your precious Hearts your
Truth IS as respected and Sacred as such and so very welcomed and is
asked of Great Spirit for the focus Blessed with UNCONDITIONAL Support,
Understanding and Acceptance".

------

A Sunny day, Sunshine, Warm and pleasant weather. Those thoughts heal-
that's much better. So I'm just saying to all of you Beautiful Spiritual Beings
to see life as choice then action.

Choose Love theen act. Never deviate. If you do, well you're Human, so just
reapply the concept and accept mistakes are the arrows pointing you in the
right direction!

So many of you I have met have made me a better person. I have cried for
the many pains you have allowed me to understand. I have laughed at the
genius imbued in stories you took time to tell me. You have made my Heart
flutter in ways only the Cosmos had previously sent messengers in order to
introduce, instill and display.

I Love you ALL you know. I say to my friends in the shadows of my listing of
Friends, I chose each of you for conscious intuitively-directed reasonings. I
welcome you to stop by and be comfortable with your self. I want to hang
with you. And I want to listen to you.

To help if ever help is needed.


To project Love if needed.
To reveal if you are so inclined to know.

I'll not name names, but soon quite a few of you will embark on a pursuit I
would only describe it as 'community service' that will take your breath away!
:) Soon, very soon.

More from me as well....Soon.

I Love you all so very much. I am aware of You, and I send my Love, a Pillar
of a pulsating golden-white light around You. And then with Love, saturating
and penetrating you aura.

Welcome the light of Universal or Cosmic Love. Be still, be receptive. Thank


Spirit.

------->

Come visit me if you can do so. I really need the Love from my Friends right
now. (yes this proves I'm human......not made in some alien baby factory!
...? :)

The very Best!

David
Friday, May 02, 2008
12:11 PM - • Psychology of the UFO Experience

Current mood: validated


Category: Life
This comes from CNI News, a great bi-monthly magazine. Please do not resend
CNI articles. They are posted here with permission and are not to be redistributed.
Contact the editor Michael Lindemann at email CNINews1@aol.com and visit
their website at CNI News

THE SEARCH FOR A PSYCHOLOGY OF UFO


EXPERIENCE
Do UFO Witnesses Have a Distinct Psychological Profile?

By Per Andersen, M.Sc.Chairman, Scandinavian UFO Information

CNI News editor Michael Lindemann met with respected Danish UFO researcher
Per Andersen during the recent World UFO Forum in Brazil. In his lecture,
Andersen noted a problem in UFO research that many other researchers prefer to
downplay or ignore: the possibility that sincere witnesses can experience "UFOs"
that are not products of unconventional or paranormal phenomena, but instead
products of human psychology and social conditioning. Predictably, the response to
Andersen's lecture was less than enthusiastic. But his message, which reflects a
strong trend in UFO research not only in Denmark but also in France and several
other European countries, is based on some of the most serious and methodical
testing yet applied to UFO witnesses, much of which has been conducted in the
United States.

Andersen readily admits that some UFO sightings might well involve genuinely
unconventional phenomena, but he also believes there is a tendency among many
researchers to jump to an "alien" explanation when a "psychological" explanation
might suffice. In the following article, Andersen summarizes a body of research
aimed at discovering if there exists a distinctive psychological profile among UFO
witnesses. Andersen can be reached by email at pandersen@idcresearch.com.

Most of the discussions in the 1970s about UFO witness psychology


focused on the issues of witness pathology, that is whether UFO witnesses
were "normal" or "ill" compared to the general population. Some of the
early arguments used the well- known (but wrong) argument: some
psychopathological persons have UFO sightings, so UFO sightings must
be due to psychopathological people.

One of the early speculations came from Grinspoon and Persky


(Grinspoon 1972). Without much empirical evidence they put forward a
number of pathological theories to explain sightings.
Much of this initial research was not really founded in empirical data.
However, more recently a number of studies have been carried out, most
of them using the MMPI test battery (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory) to test for psychopathology among UFO witnesses. Most of
these conclude, that UFO witnesses in general are not
psychopathological (Bloecher 1985, Parnell 1988, Parnell 1990,
Bartholomew 1991, Rodeghier 1991, Spanos 1993).

While most of the studies of the psychopathology of UFO witnesses have


demonstrated no pathological patterns in general, many of the studies
nevertheless have discovered some specific personal traits for various
groups of witnesses.

It has been difficult in most studies uniquely to characterize these


personality traits of UFO witnesses and to describe them in a simple way.
To that it should be added, that traits described in different studies vary a
great deal from each other.

In a [U.S.] Fund for UFO Research-sponsored experiment, 9 witnesses


were tested for psychopathology (MMPI) and their personalities were
described by Dr. Elizabeth Slater. All nine had reported UFO abductions.
The most significant aspect of the experiment was, however, that Dr.
Slater did not know what the 9 persons had in common (if anything)
(Bloecher 1985).

Dr. Slater did in fact find some similarities between the nine subjects,
although these were played down by the sponsors. She described the
subjects as a very distinctive, unusual and interesting group. They did not
represent an ordinary cross- section of the population from the standpoint
of conventionality in lifestyle. Several of the subjects could be labelled
downright "eccentric" or "odd". They had high intellectual abilities and
richly evocative and charged inner worlds -- highly inventive, creative
and original.

What then about "ordinary" UFO witnesses that have not been abducted
or in regular contact with space beings, but have experienced what I
would label low strangeness sightings of UFO phenomena? For these
groups of witnesses also some special personality traits have been
identified in various studies.
Over [a period of] 17 years, Dr. Leo Sprinkle [University of Wyoming]
tested 225 persons reporting mixed UFO experiences ranging from a
light in the sky to being abducted. A study of these 225 witnesses showed
that they had profiles with certain unique characteristics. Witnesses
exhibited a high level of psychic energy, a tendency to question authority
or being subject to situational pressure or conflicts, and to be self-
sufficient and resourceful. Other characteristic were: above-average
intelligence, assertiveness and a tendency to be experimenting thinkers
(Parnell 1988).

Another major study of 264 persons did not find any significant
differences between witnesses of various types of sightings (Ring 1990).
However, the research showed that UFO witnesses reported more
sensitivity to non-ordinary realities and having a higher tendency towards
dissociation. It also documented that UFO witnesses and people with
near-death experiences had very similar personality traits. There also
seems to be a significant relationship between having UFO sightings and
the personal belief system of the witnesses. This has been documented by
T.A. Zimmer who found relationships between sightings and belief in
occultism and science fiction (Zimmer 1984, 1985) as well as Spanos et al
from the University of Ottawa. They found that witnesses to low-
strangeness sightings had a tendency to esoteric beliefs and belief in
UFOs (Spanos 1993).

When working on excellent hypnotic subjects -- people that are very easy
to hypnotize -- two Massachusets doctors discovered some significant
personal traits in these people (Wilson 1981), [which] led to a change of
focus for their research. Wilson and Barber defined a new personality
type they labelled "fantasy prone". While this is a gradual scale, they
formally defined the upper 4% of the population as the "fantasy prone"
group (Wilson 1983).

Some of the key characteristics of fantasy prone persons are (Wilson


1983, Basterfield 1988):

* They are easy to hypnotize


* As children they played in a fantasy world
* They believed in fairies, guardian angels, etc.
* As children they had invisible playmates
* Even as adults they spent a significant part of their time fantasizing
* They often believe they have psychic abilities
* Most have had out-of-body experiences
* They often believe they have healing powers
* They are subject to hypnagogic experiences
* They have very vivid dreams
* They have good memories
* They receive messages from unknown forces

Others, such as Steven Jay Lynn and Judith W. Rhue, expanded the
research to other groups of people as well as confirmed the validity of the
theory (Lynn 1988, Rhue 1987). They also found that the group of fantasy
prone people is not a simple group but a rather complex combination of
people (Lynn 1988).
Discovery of the fantasy prone personality soon paved the way for
ufologists still looking for some commonality in the personality traits of
UFO witnesses. Could this common denominator be this "fantasy
proneness"?
Some of the first to address this question were a ufologist, Keith
Basterfield, and a sociologist, Robert E. Bartholomew.

They noted that a contactee like Whitley Streiber had most of the
characteristics of fantasy proneness (Bartholomew 1988). Looking at 152
abductees and contactees, again the conclusion was that most of these fell
inside the definition of fantasy prone persons (Bartholomew 1991). More
recently, Joe Nickell has shown that all 13 abductees in John Mack's book
"Abduction" have most of the fantasy prone traits (Nickell 1996).
However, actual empirical research using the formal test for fantasy
proneness is sparse.

The Omega Project tested 264 persons but found no significant difference
between UFO witnesses in general and a control group with regard to
fantasy proneness (Ring 1990). However, the study had several major
drawbacks: first the study did not use the test tool developed by Wilson
and Barber but a very scaled down inventory that must be characterized
as unreliable to carefully test for fantasy proneness. Second, the control
group was not taken from the general population but only from people
with a high interest in UFOs (albeit not witnesses). As it has already been
documented that there is a clear relationship between sightings and UFO
interest this makes the study dubious when trying to conclude about
fantasy proneness.

The University of Ottawa study from 1993 had a more clear methodology
and tested two different groups of UFO witnesses: Low intense (as we
call low strangeness) and high intense (as we call high strangeness).
Neither of the two groups showed higher tendency toward fantasy
proneness compared to control groups of general population and students
(Spanos 1993). It did, however, find a positive correlation between the
score on the fantasy proneness scale and the intensity of the sightings.
More intense experiences seemed to come from people with relatively
higher scores on the fantasy proneness scale.

In conclusion, it seems that a group of abductees and contactees possibly


can be characterized as "fantasy prone".

When discussing low strangeness cases in general there are no clear


conclusions. While many studies note significant personality traits of
UFO witnesses that in a number of cases relate to fantasy, personal belief
systems or alternative realities, no clear evidence has been generated to
link this with "fantasy proneness" defined by Wilson and Barber or any
other distinct personality group.

REFERENCES
Bartholomew, Robert E. and Keith Basterfield: "Abduction States of
Consciousness", International UFO Reporter 1988, March/April.
Bartholomew, Robert E., Keith Basterfield & Howard, G.S.: "UFO Abductees and
Contactees: Psychopathology or Fantasy Proneness?", Professional Psychology:
Research and Practice, 1991, Vol. 22, No. 3, 215-22.
Basterfield, Keith and R. Bartholomew: "Abductions: The Fantasy-prone
Personality Hypothesis". International UFO Reporter, 1988, 13, 3, May/June, s. 9-
11.

Bloecher, Ted, Clamar, Aphrodite & Hopkins, Budd: "Final Report on the
Psychological Testing of UFO "Abductees"", Fund for UFO Research, 1985.

Grinspoon, L. & A.D. Persky: "Psychiatry and UFO reports". In C. Sagan & T.
Page (ed.): "UFOs: A scientific debate", s. 233-246. Cornell University
Press, 1972.

Lynn, S. and J. Rhue: "The Fantasy-Prone Person: Hypnosis, Imagination, and


Creativity", Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986, Vol. 51:
side 404-408.
Lynn, S.J. and J.W. Rhue: "Fantasy-Proneness and Psychopathology", Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, Vol. 53, 1987, side 327-336.

Lynn, S.J. and J.W. Rhue: "Fantasy proneness". American Psychologist Vol. 43,
1988, s. 35-44.

Mack, John: Abductions. 1994.

Nickell, Joe: "A Study of Fantasy Proneness in the Thirteen Cases of Alleged
Encounters in John Mack's "Abduction"". Skeptical Inquirer 1996, Vol. 20, No.
3: 18-20, 54.

Parnell, June O.: "Measured Personality Characteristics of Persons Claiming


UFO Experiences", Psychotherapy in Private Practice, vol. 6(3), 1988, s.
159-165.

Parnell, June O. and R. Leo Sprinkle: "Personality Characteristics of Persons


Who Claim UFO Experiences". Journal of UFO Studies, new ser., 1990, Vol. 2:
45-58.

Rhue, Judith W. and Lynn, S.J.: "Fantasy Proneness: Developmental


Antecendents", Journal of Personality, 1987, Vol. 55, No. 1, s. 121-137.

Ring, K. and C.J. Rosing: "The Omega Project. A Psychological Survey of Persons
Reporting Abductions and other UFO Encounters". Journal of UFO
Studies, n.s. 2, 1990, s. 59-98.

Rodeghier, Mark, Jeff Goodpaster & Sandra Blatterbauer: "Psychosocial


Characteristics of Abductees: Results from the CUFOS Abduction Project",
Journal of UFO Studies, 1991, New Ser. 3, 59-90.

Spanos, Nicholas, Cross, P.A., Dickson, K. & DuBreuil, S.: "Close Encounters:
An Examination of UFO Experiences", Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 1993,
Vol. 102, No. 4, 624-32.
Sprinkle, R. Leo: "Hypnotic and Psychic implications in the investigation of
UFO report". In Coral & Jim Lorenzen: "Encounters with UFO Occupants",
Berkley, 1976.

Wilson, Sheryl C. and Theodore X. Barber: "The Creative Imagination Scale as


a Measure of Hypnotic Responsiveness: Applications to Experimental and
Clinical Hypnosis". The American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 1978, Vol 20
(4): 235-249.

Wilson, Sheryl C. and Theodore X. Barber: "Vivid fantasy and hallucinatory


abilities in the life histories of excellent hypnotic subjects
("somnambules"): Preliminary report with female subjects". In E. Klinger
(ed.): "Imagery: Vol. 2. Concepts, results, and applications", Plenum, 1981,
s. 133-149.
Wilson, Sheryl C. and Theodore X. Barber: "The fantasy-prone personality:
Implications for understanding imagery, hypnosis, and parapsycholigical
phenomena". In: Imagery, Current Theory, Research and Applications, 1983, New
York: Wiley, 340-390.

Zimmer, T.A.: "Social Psychological Correlates of Possible UFO Sightings",


Journal of Social Psychology, Aug. Vol. 123(2), 1984, s. 199-206.

Zimmer, T.A.: "Belief in UFOs as Alternative Reality, Cultural Rejection or


Disturbed Psyche?", Deviant Behaviour, Vol. 6(4), 1985, s. 405-419

L
O
V
E

A
N
D
T
R
A
N
S
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
A

S
e
c
r
e
t
A
b
o
u
t
T
r
u
e

S
e
l
f
-
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

J
u
s
t
a
s

a
n

a
c
o
r
n

t
h
a
t
g
o
e
s

u
n
p
l
a
n
t
e
d

i
n

t
h
e

e
a
r
t
h

c
a
n

n
e
v
e
r
r
e
a
l
i
z
e

i
t
s

d
e
s
t
i
n
y

t
o

b
e
c
o
m
e

m
i
g
h
t
y

o
a
k
,
s
o

i
t
h
o
l
d
s

w
i
t
h

a
n
y

R
e
a
l
S
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e

t
h
a
t
w
e

u
n
e
a
r
t
h

i
n

o
u
r
j
o
u
r
n
e
y

t
h
r
o
u
g
h

t
h
i
s

l
i
f
e
:
o
n
l
y

t
h
o
s
e

T
r
u
t
h
s

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
e
d

i
n

u
s

-
-
b
y

r
e
a
s
o
n

o
f

o
u
r
w
o
r
k

t
o

s
e
e

t
h
a
t
t
h
e
y

t
a
k
e

r
o
o
t
i
n

t
h
e

g
r
o
u
n
d
o
f

o
u
r
s
o
u
l
-
-
a
r
e

e
m
p
o
w
e
r
e
d

t
o

g
r
a
n
t
u
s

t
h
e

s
t
r
e
n
g
t
h
,
s
h
e
l
t
e
r
,
a
n
d

s
u
s
t
e
n
a
n
c
e

o
f

t
h
e
i
r
e
t
e
r
n
a
l
L
i
f
e
.

L
e
t
t
i
n
g

L
o
v
e

L
e
a
d

Y
o
u

H
o
m
e

t
o

H
e
r
N
o
w

i
n

e
v
e
r
y
o
n
e

i
s

s
o
w
n

-
-
i
n
t
o

t
h
e

c
e
n
t
e
r
o
f
h
i
s

o
r
h
e
r
s
o
u
l
-
-
s
o
m
e

l
o
v
e
.
O
f

t
h
i
s

w
e

m
a
y

b
e
c
e
r
t
a
i
n
,
e
v
e
n

t
h
o
u
g
h

m
a
n
y

p
e
o
p
l
e

t
o
d
a
y

s
e
e
m
c
o
u
n
t
e
r
-
t
e
s
t
i
m
o
n
y

t
o

t
h
i
s

T
r
u
t
h
.
N
e
v
e
r
t
h
e
l
e
s
s
,
a
s

o
b
s
c
u
r
e
d

a
s

L
o
v
e
'
s

p
r
e
s
e
n
c
e

m
a
y

b
e

i
n
s
o
m
e
o
n
e

w
e

k
n
o
w

o
r
-
-
a
n
d

m
o
r
e

t
o

t
h
e

p
o
i
n
t
-
-
a
s

d
i
m

a
s

S
h
e

m
a
y

s
h
i
n
e

w
i
t
h
i
n

u
s

f
r
o
m

t
i
m
e

t
o

t
i
m
e

-
-
L
o
v
e

i
s

t
h
e
r
e
.

L
o
v
e

i
s

t
h
a
t
l
a
t
e
n
t
i
n
t
e
r
i
o
r
"
h
u
n
g
e
r
"

w
e

h
a
v
e

t
o

k
n
o
w

w
h
a
t
e
v
e
r
i
t
i
s

t
h
a
t
w
e

l
o
n
g

t
o

k
n
o
w
.
L
o
v
e

u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
s
t
h
a
t
w
h
a
t
e
v
e
r
w
e

w
i
l
l
a
g
r
e
e

t
o

d
r
a
w

n
e
a
r
t
o

e
n
s
u
r
e
s

-
-
g
i
v
e
n

t
i
m
e

-
-
t
h
a
t
w
e

w
i
l
l
c
o
m
e

t
o

k
n
o
w

i
t
;
a
n
d

t
h
e
n
,
t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
d

b
y

H
e
r
m
a
g
i
c

t
h
r
o
u
g
h

m
a
r
r
i
a
g
e

o
f

s
o
r
t
,
w
e

b
e
c
o
m
e

a
s

o
n
e

w
i
t
h

w
h
a
t
w
a
s

o
n
c
e

u
n
k
n
o
w
n

t
o

u
s
.

D
o
n
'
t
t
h
i
n
k
t
h
i
s

t
o
o

s
t
r
a
n
g
e

a
n

i
d
e
a
.
T
h
e

h
i
d
d
e
n

P
r
i
n
c
i
p
l
e

o
f

L
o
v
e

i
s

t
h
a
t
o
n
l
y

t
h
r
o
u
g
h

H
e
r
d
o

w
e

f
i
n
d

i
n

t
h
e

o
b
j
e
c
t
o
f

o
u
r
a
f
f
e
c
t
i
o
n

s
o
m
e
t
h
i
n
g

o
f
o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s
:
t
h
a
t
p
r
o
v
e
r
b
i
a
l
m
i
s
s
i
n
g

p
i
e
c
e

o
f

t
h
e

p
e
r
e
n
n
i
a
l
l
y

e
m
p
t
y

h
e
a
r
t
.

T
h
e

b
e
a
u
t
y

o
f
L
o
v
e

i
s

t
h
a
t
S
h
e

i
s

a
l
r
e
a
d
y

w
i
t
h
i
n

e
v
e
r
y
t
h
i
n
g
;
w
h
i
c
h

m
e
a
n
s

t
h
a
t
t
h
e
r
e

i
s

n
o
t
h
i
n
g

t
h
a
t
w
e

a
r
e

d
r
a
w
n

t
o

k
n
o
w

b
y

L
o
v
e
'
s

i
n
v
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

t
h
a
t
w
o
n
'
t
g
r
a
n
t
u
s

f
o
r
o
u
r
j
o
u
r
n
e
y

i
t
s
e
l
f

t
h
e

g
i
f
t
o
f
a

g
r
e
a
t
e
r
r
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
s
h
i
p

w
i
t
h

L
o
v
e
.

T
h
e

d
e
l
i
c
a
t
e
,
i
r
i
d
e
s
c
e
n
t
b
u
t
t
e
r
f
l
y

e
m
e
r
g
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

t
h
e
p
u
p
a

s
h
r
o
u
d

t
h
a
t
c
l
a
i
m
e
d

i
t
s

f
o
r
m
e
r
s
e
l
f

i
s

a
n

a
b
i
d
i
n
g

a
n
d

h
a
u
n
t
i
n
g

s
y
m
b
o
l
o
f

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.
O
f

a
n

e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
a
r
y

p
r
o
c
e
s
s
,
o
f

n
e
w

l
i
f
e
,
u
n
i
m
a
g
i
n
a
b
l
e

t
o

t
h
e

o
l
d
.
O
f

t
h
e

t
r
u
e

s
e
l
f
,
e
n
c
r
y
p
t
e
d

w
i
t
h

t
h
e

f
a
l
s
e
,
b
u
r
s
t
i
n
g

o
u
t
i
n

f
u
l
l
g
l
o
r
y

a
t
t
h
e

a
p
p
o
i
n
t
e
d

t
i
m
e
.
L
i
t
t
l
e

w
o
n
d
e
r
,
t
h
e
n
,
t
h
a
t
t
h
e

i
m
a
g
e

i
s

g
r
a
p
h
i
c

m
e
t
a
p
h
o
r
f
o
r
o
u
r
o
w
n

l
i
f
e

a
n
d

d
e
s
t
i
n
y
.

T
h
e

C
h
a
n
d
o
g
y
a

U
p
a
n
i
s
h
a
d

s
a
y
s
:
"
I
n

t
h
a
t
w
h
i
c
h

i
s

t
h
e

s
u
b
t
l
e

e
s
s
e
n
c
e
,
a
l
l
t
h
a
t
e
x
i
s
t
s

h
a
s

i
t
s

s
e
l
f
.
T
h
a
t
i
s

t
h
e

T
r
u
e
,
t
h
a
t
i
s

t
h
e

S
e
l
f
,
a
n
d

t
h
o
u
,
S
v
e
t
a
k
e
t
u
,
a
r
t
t
h
a
t
.
"

T
h
o
u

a
r
t
t
h
a
t
.
F
o
r
c
e
n
t
u
r
i
e
s
,
t
h
e
s
e

t
h
r
e
e
w
o
r
d
s

h
a
v
e

b
e
e
n

s
i
g
n
p
o
s
t
t
o

o
u
r
b
u
t
t
e
r
f
l
y
s
e
l
f
.
B
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e

b
o
d
y
,
b
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e

e
m
o
t
i
o
n
s
,
b
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e

m
i
n
d
,
b
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e

p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
i
t
y
,
b
e
y
o
n
d
d
e
a
t
h

d
w
e
l
l
s

t
h
e

r
e
g
i
o
n

o
f

o
u
r
T
r
u
e

S
e
l
f
,
t
h
e

s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
m
a
s
t
e
r
s

t
e
l
l
u
s
.
O
u
r
u
n
l
i
m
i
t
e
d
,
U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
S
e
l
f
,
l
o
v
i
n
g
,
c
o
m
p
a
s
s
i
o
n
a
t
e
,
o
m
n
i
p
r
e
s
e
n
t
.
A
n
d

t
h
e

p
u
r
p
o
s
e

o
f

h
u
m
a
n

e
x
i
s
t
e
n
c
e

i
s

t
o

f
i
n
d

a
n
d

b
e

t
h
a
t
.

T
h
r
o
u
g
h

t
h
e
i
r
o
w
n

s
e
l
f
-
r
e
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,
g
r
e
a
t
p
r
o
p
h
e
t
s

s
u
c
h

a
s

K
r
i
s
h
n
a
,
t
h
e

B
u
d
d
h
a

a
n
d

J
e
s
u
s

C
h
r
i
s
t
h
a
v
e

k
e
p
t
t
h
i
s

v
i
s
i
o
n
a
l
i
v
e
.
Y
e
t
,
w
h
a
t
h
a
s

a
l
w
a
y
s

b
e
e
n

o
n

t
h
e

f
r
i
n
g
e
s

o
f

h
u
m
a
n

e
n
d
e
a
v
o
r

t
h
e

p
r
e
s
e
r
v
e

o
f

s
a
i
n
t
s
a
n
d

s
a
g
e
s

i
s

t
o
d
a
y

m
o
v
i
n
g

i
n
t
o

t
h
e

m
a
i
n
s
t
r
e
a
m
.
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

b
e
c
o
m
i
n
g

y
o
u
r
b
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
a
n
d

m
i
n
e
.
P
s
y
c
h
o
l
o
g
y
,
s
c
i
e
n
c
e

a
n
d

o
t
h
e
r
s
t
r
e
a
m
s

o
f

k
n
o
w
l
e
d
g
e

a
r
e

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
i
n
g
l
y

c
o
n
f
i
r
m
i
n
g
t
h
e

a
g
e
-
o
l
d

s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
p
e
r
s
p
e
c
t
i
v
e

t
h
a
t
w
e

m
a
k
e

o
u
r
o
w
n

r
e
a
l
i
t
y
.

T
h
a
t
i
n

w
o
r
l
d

o
f

f
l
u
x
,
h
u
m
a
n

n
a
t
u
r
e

i
s

n
o
t
a

g
i
v
e
n
.
I
t
i
s

a
n

i
n
f
i
n
i
t
e
l
y

m
a
l
l
e
a
b
l
e

c
o
m
p
o
u
n
d

o
f

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

a
n
d

i
m
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
s
.
T
h
a
t
w
e

a
r
e

s
p
i
r
i
t
,
n
o
t
m
a
t
t
e
r
,
a
n
d

o
u
r
p
r
i
m
a
r
y

d
r
i
v
e

i
s

t
o

r
e
a
l
i
z
e

t
h
a
t
a
s
p
e
c
t
o
f
o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s
.
C
a
r
l
J
u
n
g
,
F
r
e
u
d
'
s

b
r
i
l
l
i
a
n
t
a
n
d

b
r
e
a
k
a
w
a
y

d
i
s
c
i
p
l
e
,
h
a
d

c
h
a
l
l
e
n
g
e
d

t
h
e

p
e
s
s
i
m
i
s
t
i
c

F
r
e
u
d
i
a
n

u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g

o
f

h
u
m
a
n

n
a
t
u
r
e
a
s

e
s
s
e
n
t
i
a
l
l
y

d
r
i
v
e
n

b
y

s
e
x
u
a
l
i
t
y
.
H
e

d
i
d

t
h
i
s

t
h
r
o
u
g
h

t
h
e

i
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

c
o
n
c
e
p
t
o
f

P
n
e
u
m
a
,
a
n

i
n
d
w
e
l
l
i
n
g

s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
o
f

t
h
e

S
e
l
f

b
e
h
i
n
d

o
u
r
b
o
d
y
/
m
i
n
d
,
t
h
a
t
i
s

a
n

o
r
g
a
n
i
c

p
a
r
t
o
f

t
h
e

h
u
m
a
n

p
s
y
c
h
e

a
n
d

e
x
p
e
r
i
e
n
c
e
d

a
s

t
h
e

u
r
g
e

t
o
w
a
r
d
s

w
h
o
l
e
n
e
s
s
.

A
b
r
a
h
a
m
M
a
s
l
o
w
,
f
a
t
h
e
r
o
f

h
u
m
a
n
i
s
t
i
c

p
s
y
c
h
o
l
o
g
y
,
a
l
s
o
c
o
n
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
d

t
o

m
o
r
e

p
o
s
i
t
i
v
e
,
t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
e
n
t
a
p
p
r
o
a
c
h

t
o

p
s
y
c
h
o
l
o
g
y

w
i
t
h

h
i
s

c
o
n
c
e
p
t
o
f

s
e
l
f
-
a
c
t
u
a
l
i
s
a
t
i
o
n
,
a

b
a
s
i
c

h
u
m
a
n

d
r
i
v
e

t
o

r
e
a
l
i
z
e

t
h
e

i
n
n
a
t
e

p
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
f
o
r
g
o
o
d
n
e
s
s
.
T
o
d
a
y
,
w
i
t
h

N
e
w

A
g
e

t
h
o
u
g
h
t
p
e
r
c
o
l
a
t
i
n
g

i
n
t
o

a
l
l
a
s
p
e
c
t
s

o
f

l
i
f
e
,
n
e
v
e
r
h
a
s

t
h
e
r
e

b
e
e
n

s
o

c
l
e
a
r
a
n

u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g

o
f

t
h
e

i
n
f
i
n
i
t
e

s
c
o
p
e

o
f

h
u
m
a
n

p
o
t
e
n
t
i
a
l
,
o
r
o
f

o
u
r
o
w
n

a
b
i
l
i
t
y

t
o

r
e
a
l
i
z
e

i
t
.
S
e
l
f
-
h
e
l
p

b
o
o
k
s
,
s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
t
e
x
t
s
,
p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
g
r
o
w
t
h

w
o
r
k
s
h
o
p
s
,
y
o
g
a

a
n
d

m
e
d
i
t
a
t
i
o
n

c
l
a
s
s
e
s
,
s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
g
u
r
u
s
,
a
l
l
t
h
e
s
e

r
e
i
t
e
r
a
t
e

t
h
e

m
e
s
s
a
g
e

t
h
a
t
p
e
r
f
e
c
t
i
o
n

i
s

p
o
s
s
i
b
l
e

a
n
d

w
i
t
h
i
n
o
u
r
g
r
a
s
p
.

T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
l
y

t
h
e
h
o
t
t
e
s
t
g
a
m
e

i
n

t
o
w
n
.
W
h
i
l
e

a
l
m
o
s
t
a
l
l
t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

o
c
c
u
r
s

i
n

t
h
e

c
o
n
t
e
x
t
o
f

m
o
v
i
n
g

f
r
o
m
m
a
t
t
e
r
t
o

s
p
i
r
i
t
,
S
r
i
A
u
r
o
b
i
n
d
o
,
t
h
e

g
r
e
a
t
I
n
d
i
a
n

s
e
e
r
,
i
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
e
d

n
e
w

t
w
i
s
t
t
o

t
h
e

p
r
o
c
e
s
s

b
y

p
o
s
t
u
l
a
t
i
n
g

t
h
e

p
o
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

o
f

s
p
i
r
i
t
m
o
v
i
n
g

i
n
t
o

m
a
t
t
e
r
.
H
i
s

s
t
a
n
c
e

i
s

t
h
a
t
t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

w
e

a
r
e

h
e
a
d
i
n
g

f
o
r
i
s

t
h
e

e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n

o
f

h
i
g
h
e
r
s
p
e
c
i
e
s

a
l
t
o
g
e
t
h
e
r
,
t
h
r
o
u
g
h

w
h
i
c
h

t
h
e

C
r
e
a
t
o
r
c
a
n

e
x
p
r
e
s
s

h
i
m
s
e
l
f

p
e
r
f
e
c
t
l
y
,
a

G
o
d
l
i
k
e

s
p
e
c
i
e
s
.

W
h
i
c
h

i
s

n
o
t
t
o

s
a
y

t
h
a
t
a
l
l
t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

o
f

s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
n
a
t
u
r
e
.
M
a
s
l
o
w

d
i
v
i
d
e
d

s
e
l
f
-
a
c
t
u
a
l
i
s
e
r
s

i
n
t
o

t
w
o
t
y
p
e
s
:
n
o
n
-
t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
e
r
s

a
n
d

t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
e
r
s

t
h
o
s
e

w
h
o

w
e
r
e

c
l
e
a
r
l
y

h
e
a
l
t
h
y

b
u
t
w
i
t
h

l
i
t
t
l
e
o
r
n
o

e
x
p
e
r
i
e
n
c
e

o
f

t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
i
n
g
,
a
n
d

t
h
o
s
e

i
n

w
h
o
m

t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
e
n
t
e
x
p
e
r
i
e
n
c
i
n
g

w
a
s

i
m
p
o
r
t
a
n
t
,
e
v
e
n

c
r
u
c
i
a
l
.
H
e

d
e
s
c
r
i
b
e
d

t
h
e

f
i
r
s
t
t
y
p
e
a
s

"
p
r
a
c
t
i
c
a
l
,
r
e
a
l
i
s
t
i
c
,
m
u
n
d
a
n
e
,
c
a
p
a
b
l
e
"
,
w
h
i
l
e

t
h
e

o
t
h
e
r
w
a
s

m
o
t
i
v
a
t
e
d

b
y

u
n
i
t
y

c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s

a
n
d

s
e
n
s
e

o
f

d
e
s
t
i
n
e
,
h
a
v
i
n
g

h
a
d

"
i
l
l
u
m
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
s

o
r
i
n
s
i
g
h
t
s

o
r
c
o
g
n
i
t
i
o
n

w
h
i
c
h

c
h
a
n
g
e
d

t
h
e
i
r
v
i
e
w

o
f

t
h
e

w
o
r
l
d

a
n
d

o
f

t
h
e
m
s
e
l
v
e
s
"
.
W
i
t
h
o
u
t
i
n
v
a
l
i
d
a
t
i
n
g

t
h
e

f
i
r
s
t
,
w
e

w
i
l
l
f
o
c
u
s

o
n

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d
e
n
t
a
l
v
a
r
i
e
t
y
.

T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,
m
o
s
t
t
h
i
n
k
e
r
s
,
i
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g

J
a
m
e
s

R
e
d
f
i
e
l
d
,
a
u
t
h
o
r
o
f

T
h
e

C
e
l
e
s
t
i
n
e

P
r
o
p
h
e
c
y
,
a
g
r
e
e
,
b
e
g
i
n
s

w
i
t
h

r
e
s
t
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s
.
T
h
e

s
i
m
m
e
r
i
n
g

d
i
s
c
o
n
t
e
n
t
w
i
l
l
n
o
t
b
e

a
p
p
e
a
s
e
d

b
y

t
h
e

c
i
r
c
u
m
s
t
a
n
c
e
s

o
f

t
h
e

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
l
i
f
e
.
I
f

t
h
e

r
e
s
t
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s

c
o
n
v
e
r
t
s

i
n
t
o

q
u
e
s
t
,
e
i
t
h
e
r
t
h
r
o
u
g
h

s
e
l
f
-
i
n
q
u
i
r
y
,
b
o
o
k
s
,
d
i
s
c
o
u
r
s
e
s

w
i
t
h

s
p
i
r
i
t
u
a
l
m
a
s
t
e
r
s
o
r
d
i
s
c
u
s
s
i
o
n

w
i
t
h

f
r
i
e
n
d
s
,
i
t
c
a
n

o
f
t
e
n

l
e
d

t
o

r
e
v
e
l
a
t
i
o
n

t
h
a
t
s
p
l
i
t
-
s
e
c
o
n
d

p
a
r
t
i
n
g

o
f
t
h
e

m
i
n
d
'
s

v
e
i
l
t
h
a
t
f
l
a
s
h
e
s

f
i
r
s
t
h
a
n
d

v
i
s
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

s
o
u
g
h
t
-
a
f
t
e
r
g
o
a
l
.

B
u
t
r
e
v
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
i
s

n
o
t
t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

t
h
e
s
l
o
w
,
s
t
e
a
d
y

i
n
f
u
s
i
o
n
.
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

t
h
e
s
l
o
w
,
s
t
e
a
d
y

i
n
f
u
s
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

v
i
s
i
o
n

i
n
t
o

r
e
a
l
i
t
y
.
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s

m
o
v
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

s
e
e
i
n
g
a
n
e
w

t
o

b
e
i
n
g

a
n
e
w
.
W
h
i
c
h
,
t
o

b
e
g
i
n

w
i
t
h
,
c
a
l
l
s

f
o
r
a

p
a
t
h
.
G
o
d

d
o
e
s

n
o
t
p
l
a
y

d
i
c
e

w
i
t
h

t
h
e
u
n
i
v
e
r
s
e
:
A
l
b
e
r
t
E
i
n
s
t
e
i
n
.
F
o
r
t
u
n
a
t
e
l
y
,
t
h
e
r
e
i
s

n
o

d
e
a
r
t
h

o
f

p
a
t
h
s

t
h
a
t
o
n
e

c
o
u
l
d

f
o
l
l
o
w
.
T
r
y

P
a
t
a
n
j
a
l
i
'
s

a
s
h
t
a
n
g
a
y
o
g
a
,
w
h
e
r
e

t
h
e

e
i
g
h
t
p
r
o
c
e
s
s
e
s

o
f

y
a
m
a
,
n
i
y
a
m
a

(
d
o
s

a
n
d

d
o
n
'
t
s
)
,
a
s
a
n
a
s

(
p
o
s
t
u
r
e
s
)
,
p
r
a
n
a
y
a
m
a

(
b
r
e
a
t
h
i
n
g
)
,
p
r
a
t
y
a
h
a
r
a

(
s
e
n
s
e

w
i
t
h
d
r
a
w
a
l
)
,
d
h
a
r
a
n
a

(
s
i
n
g
l
e
-
p
o
i
n
t
e
d
n
e
s
s
)
,
d
h
y
a
n

(
m
e
d
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
)
a
n
d

s
a
m
a
d
h
i
(
m
e
r
g
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

t
h
e

d
i
v
i
n
e
)
f
r
o
m

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
,
h
o
l
i
s
t
i
c

g
u
i
d
e

t
o

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.
T
h
e

B
u
d
d
h
i
s
t
s

h
a
v
e

t
h
e
i
r
o
w
n

e
i
g
h
t
-
f
o
l
d

p
a
t
h
:
r
i
g
h
t
v
i
e
w
(
P
e
r
s
p
e
c
t
i
v
e
)
,
r
i
g
h
t
a
s
p
i
r
a
t
i
o
n
,
r
i
g
h
t
s
p
e
e
c
h
,
r
i
g
h
t
c
o
n
d
u
c
t
,
r
i
g
h
t
w
o
r
k
,
r
i
g
h
t
e
f
f
o
r
t
(
s
e
l
f
-
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
)
,
r
i
g
h
t
m
i
n
d
f
u
l
n
e
s
s

a
n
d

r
i
g
h
t
m
e
d
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
.
T
h
e
r
e

a
r
e

a
l
s
o

t
h
e

c
l
a
s
s
i
c

r
o
u
t
e
s

o
f

K
a
r
m
a
y
o
g
a
,
J
n
a
n
a

y
o
g
a
,
b
h
a
k
t
i
y
o
g
a
.
Z
e
n

B
u
d
d
h
i
s
m

a
d
v
o
c
a
t
e
s

e
n
g
a
g
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

q
u
e
s
t
i
o
n
s

(
k
o
a
n
s
)
w
h
i
c
h

h
a
v
e

n
o

a
n
s
w
e
r
a
t
t
h
e

l
e
v
e
l
o
f

t
h
e

t
h
i
n
k
i
n
g
m
i
n
d
.
T
h
e

A
d
v
a
i
t
i
s
t
s

a
n
d

T
a
o
i
s
t
s

h
a
v
e

w
a
y
t
o
o

w
h
i
c
h

i
s

n
o

w
a
y

a
t
a
l
l
.
W
e

a
r
e

a
l
r
e
a
d
y

t
h
a
t
,
t
h
e
y

t
e
l
l
u
s
,
a
n
d

t
h
e

m
i
s
t
a
k
e

i
s

t
o

t
h
i
n
k
o
t
h
e
r
w
i
s
e
.
O
t
h
e
r
s

m
a
p

t
h
e

j
o
u
r
n
e
y

t
h
r
o
u
g
h

o
f
c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s
.

J
a
c
q
u
e
l
y
n

S
m
a
l
l
,
a
u
t
h
o
r
o
f

T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r
s
,
c
h
a
r
t
s

g
r
o
w
t
h

g
r
a
p
h

o
f

s
e
v
e
n
l
e
v
e
l
s
,
b
e
g
i
n
n
i
n
g

w
i
t
h

t
h
e

i
n
f
a
n
t
'
s

i
n
s
t
i
n
c
t
i
v
e

w
i
l
l
t
o

l
i
v
e
,
w
h
i
c
h

l
a
t
e
r
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
s

t
h
e

w
i
l
l
t
o

f
e
e
l
a
n
d

t
h
e

w
i
l
l
t
o

k
n
o
w
.
T
h
e

f
o
u
r
t
h

s
t
a
g
e

o
f

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

i
s

t
h
e

c
r
u
c
i
a
l
b
r
i
d
g
e

l
e
a
d
i
n
g

t
o

t
h
e

h
i
g
h
e
r
l
e
v
e
l
s

o
f

c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s

c
o
n
s
i
s
t
i
n
g

o
f

L
o
v
e

o
f

T
r
u
t
h

(
r
e
v
e
l
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

u
l
t
i
m
a
t
e

r
e
a
l
i
t
y
)
,
L
o
v
e

o
f

L
i
f
e

(
u
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
l
o
v
e
)
,
a
n
d

t
h
e

s
u
m
m
i
t
,
L
o
v
e

o
f

S
e
l
f

(
t
h
e

r
e
v
e
l
a
t
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

s
a
c
r
e
d

i
n

a
l
l
t
h
i
n
g
s
)
.
R
o
b
e
r
t
S
.
D
e

R
o
p
p
,
a
u
t
h
o
r
o
f

T
h
e

M
a
s
t
e
r
G
a
m
e
,
e
v
a
l
u
a
t
e
s

g
r
o
w
t
h
o
n

t
h
e

b
a
s
i
s

o
f

t
h
e

a
c
t
i
v
i
t
y

(
g
a
m
e
)
t
h
a
t
p
r
e
o
c
c
u
p
i
e
s

u
s
.
A
t
t
h
e

b
o
t
t
o
m

a
r
e

t
h
e

p
u
r
s
u
i
t
s

o
f

g
l
o
r
y
,
f
a
m
e

a
n
d

w
e
a
l
t
h
.

B
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e
s
e

i
s

a
i
m
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s

o
r
n
o

g
a
m
e
.
B
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e
s
e

i
s

a
i
m
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s

o
r
n
o

g
a
m
e
.
B
e
y
o
n
d

a
i
m
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s

l
i
e

t
h
e
h
i
g
h
e
r
p
u
r
s
u
i
t
s

o
f

f
a
m
i
l
y
,
b
e
a
u
t
y

(
a
r
t
i
s
t
i
c

e
n
d
e
a
v
o
r
s
)
,
k
n
o
w
l
e
d
g
e

(
s
c
i
e
n
c
e

a
n
d

a
c
a
d
e
m
i
c
s
)
,
s
a
l
v
a
t
i
o
n

(
r
e
l
i
g
i
o
n
)
a
n
d

f
i
n
a
l
l
y
,
a
w
a
k
e
n
i
n
g

t
h
e

m
a
s
t
e
r
g
a
m
e
.
W
h
a
t
e
v
e
r
t
h
e

r
o
u
t
e
,
t
h
e

j
o
u
r
n
e
y

r
e
m
a
i
n
s

t
h
e

s
a
m
e
.
S
i
n
c
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

i
s
a

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e

p
a
r
a
d
i
g
m

s
h
i
f
t
i
n

t
h
e

w
a
y

w
e

t
h
i
n
k
,
s
p
e
a
k
,
a
c
t
,
r
e
l
a
t
e

t
o

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s
,
t
o

o
t
h
e
r
s

a
n
d

t
o

l
i
f
e
,
t
h
e

c
h
a
n
g
e
s

i
t
c
a
l
l
s

f
o
r
a
r
e

d
r
a
s
t
i
c
.
W
h
i
c
h

m
e
a
n
s
,
t
o

e
v
e
n

b
e
g
i
n

t
o

e
f
f
e
c
t
t
h
e
s
e
,
w
e

n
e
e
d

s
o
u
n
d

s
e
n
s
e

o
f

s
e
l
f
-
e
s
t
e
e
m
.
O
n
l
y
s
e
l
f
-
e
s
t
e
e
m

w
i
l
l
e
n
a
b
l
e

u
s

t
o

l
o
o
k

d
e
e
p

w
i
t
h
i
n

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s

a
n
d

n
o
t
b
a
u
l
k

a
t
t
h
e

u
n
p
a
l
a
t
a
b
l
e
s
i
g
h
t
.

S
e
l
f
-
e
s
t
e
e
m

i
s

p
r
e
t
t
y

m
u
c
h

t
h
e

s
t
a
r
t
i
n
g

b
l
o
c
k

o
f

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
c
e
s
s
,
w
i
t
h
o
u
t
w
h
i
c
h

t
h
e

p
a
t
h
,
a
l
w
a
y
s

p
e
r
i
l
o
u
s
,
m
a
y

w
e
l
l
t
u
r
n

f
a
t
a
l
.
S
e
l
f
-
e
s
t
e
e
m

a
c
c
e
s
s
e
s

f
o
r
u
s

t
h
e
t
o
o
l
s

o
f

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

w
h
i
c
h

a
r
e

t
w
o
:
a
w
a
r
e
n
e
s
s

a
n
d

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
.
W
e

c
a
n

o
n
l
y

c
h
a
n
g
e

w
h
a
t
w
e

a
r
e

a
w
a
r
e

o
f
,
a
n
d

w
e

c
a
n

o
n
l
y

c
h
a
n
g
e

i
t
w
h
e
n

w
e

a
c
c
e
p
t
i
t
.

W
e

c
a
n
n
o
t
c
h
a
n
g
e

a
n
y
t
h
i
n
g
u
n
l
e
s
s

w
e

a
c
c
e
p
t
i
t
.

C
o
n
d
e
m
n
a
t
i
o
n

d
o
e
s

n
o
t

l
i
b
e
r
a
t
e
,

i
t

o
p
p
r
e
s
s
e
s
:

C
a
r
l

J
u
n
g

J
a
c
q
u
e
l
y
n
S
m
a
l
l
w
a
s
n
'
t
e
x
a
g
g
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

w
h
e
n

s
h
e

c
a
l
l
e
d

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

t
h
e

b
r
i
d
g
e

t
h
a
t
l
e
a
d
s

t
o

t
h
e

h
i
g
h
e
r
l
e
v
e
l
s
.
A
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

i
s

c
r
u
c
i
a
l
c
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
o
f

g
r
o
w
t
h
.
I
t
h
e
l
p
s

u
s

t
o

v
i
e
w

a
l
l
c
i
r
c
u
m
s
t
a
n
c
e
s

o
f

o
u
r
l
i
v
e
s
,
i
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g

o
u
r
m
i
s
t
a
k
e
s
,
n
e
g
a
t
i
v
e

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
t
r
a
i
t
s

a
n
d

d
a
m
a
g
i
n
g

e
v
e
n
t
s

a
s

s
o
m
e
t
h
i
n
g

t
o

l
e
a
r
n

f
r
o
m
,
e
n
a
b
l
i
n
g

u
s

t
o

t
r
a
n
s
i
t
f
r
o
m

r
e
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

t
o

a
c
t
u
a
l
c
h
a
n
g
e
.

F
o
r
,
i
n

a
c
t
u
a
l
i
t
y
,
o
n
c
e

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

i
s

w
o
n
,
a
w
a
r
e
n
e
s
s

o
f

o
u
r
f
a
u
l
t
y

t
e
n
d
e
n
c
i
e
s

a
l
o
n
e

c
a
n

e
f
f
e
c
t
a

c
h
a
n
g
e
,
i
n

m
u
c
h

t
h
e

s
a
m
e

w
a
y

a
s

t
h
e

s
u
n

d
i
s
s
o
l
v
e
s
t
h
e

m
o
r
n
i
n
g

m
i
s
t
.
W
e

d
o
n
'
t
n
e
e
d

t
o

f
l
a
y

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s
,
o
r
f
o
r
c
e

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s

t
o

c
h
a
n
g
e
.
O
n
c
e

t
h
e
p
r
o
c
e
s
s

o
f

g
r
o
w
t
h

i
s

u
n
d
e
r
w
a
y
,
a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

c
a
n

y
i
e
l
d

r
i
c
h

d
i
v
i
d
e
n
d
s
.
F
o
r
o
n
e

t
h
i
n
g
,
i
t
a
l
l
o
w
s

u
s

t
o

f
o
r
d

d
u
a
l
i
t
y
.

G
o
o
d
/
b
a
d
,
d
e
s
i
r
e
/
d
e
s
i
r
e
l
e
s
s
n
e
s
s
,
c
o
n
f
o
r
m
i
s
t
/
n
o
n
c
o
n
f
o
r
m
i
s
t

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

m
e
l
t
s

t
h
e

d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n

b
e
t
w
e
e
n

t
h
e

t
w
o
,
f
r
e
e
i
n
g

u
s

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

h
o
l
d

o
f

l
i
k
e
s

a
n
d

d
i
s
l
i
k
e
s
,
a
n
d

b
r
i
n
g
i
n
g

e
q
u
a
n
i
m
i
t
y

i
n

i
t
s

w
a
k
e
.
T
h
i
s

e
q
u
a
n
i
m
i
t
y

w
i
l
l
n
o
t
b
u
d
g
e

e
v
e
n

i
n

t
h
e

f
a
c
e

o
f

e
v
i
l
o
f

w
r
o
n
g
d
o
i
n
g
.
A
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

h
e
l
p
s

u
s

t
o

m
o
v
e

g
r
a
c
e
f
u
l
l
y

f
r
o
m

p
r
o
t
e
s
t
i
n
g

a
g
a
i
n
s
t
w
r
o
n
g
d
o
i
n
g

t
o

d
o
i
n
g

r
i
g
h
t
.
F
r
o
m

a
n
t
i
,
w
e

s
h
i
f
t
t
o

p
r
o
-
m
o
d
e
.

T
h
e
r
e

a
r
e

o
t
h
e
r
b
y
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
s

t
o

t
h
e

g
r
o
w
t
h

p
r
o
c
e
s
s
.
A
s

w
e

m
o
v
e

b
e
y
o
n
d

t
h
e

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

t
h
a
t
d
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
e
d

o
u
r
t
h
o
u
g
h
t
s
,
w
o
r
d
s

a
n
d

a
c
t
i
o
n
s
,
w
e

b
e
c
o
m
e

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
i
n
g
l
y

a
w
a
r
e

o
f

b
e
i
n
g

w
h
o
l
e

a
n
d

p
e
r
f
e
c
t
.
W
e

l
e
a
r
n

d
e
e
p

i
n
s
i
d
e

t
h
a
t
t
h
a
t
i
s

w
h
a
t
w
e

a
r
e

a
n
d

h
a
v
e

a
l
w
a
y
s

b
e
e
n
.
T
h
i
s

r
e
a
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
,
i
n

t
u
r
n
,
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
s

a
n

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
e
d

s
e
n
s
e

o
f

s
e
l
f
.
F
r
e
e
d

o
f

t
h
e

n
e
e
d

f
o
r
f
r
o
n
t
s
,
w
e

b
e
c
o
m
e

w
h
o

w
e

a
r
e
,
r
e
g
a
r
d
l
e
s
s

o
f

w
h
e
t
h
e
r
w
e

a
r
e

a
t
w
o
r
k
,
a
t
p
l
a
y
,
a
t
h
o
m
e

o
r
i
n

p
u
b
l
i
c
.
O
u
r
p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
i
t
y

b
e
c
o
m
e
s

h
o
n
e
d

t
o

u
t
t
e
r
s
i
m
p
l
i
c
i
t
y
,
e
v
e
n
t
u
a
l
l
y

l
e
a
d
i
n
g

u
s

t
o

t
h
e

u
n
d
e
r
s
t
a
n
d
i
n
g

t
h
a
t
o
u
r
p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
i
t
y

d
o
e
s

n
o
t
d
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
e

u
s
i
t
i
s

w
e

w
h
o

d
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
e

o
u
r
p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
i
t
y
.

I
n
t
i
m
e
,
f
e
a
r
d
i
s
s
o
l
v
e
s
,
h
e
l
p
e
d

b
y

o
u
r
g
r
o
w
i
n
g

s
e
n
s
e

o
f

s
e
l
f
,
a
n
d

a
b
o
v
e

a
l
l
,
b
y

a
n

i
n
c
r
e
a
s
i
n
g

t
r
u
s
t
i
n

t
h
e

u
n
i
v
e
r
s
e
,
w
i
t
h

w
h
i
c
h

w
e

f
i
n
d

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s

m
y
s
t
e
r
i
o
u
s
l
y

m
o
r
e

a
n
d

m
o
r
e

i
n

a
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t
.
C
a
b
s

a
p
p
e
a
r
w
h
e
n

w
e

w
a
n
t
t
h
e
m
,
c
r
o
w
d
s

m
e
l
t
w
h
e
n

w
e

a
p
p
r
o
a
c
h

t
h
e

b
u
f
f
e
t
t
a
b
l
e
,
f
r
i
e
n
d
s

m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
i
z
e

a
t
a

t
h
o
u
g
h
t
.
A
n
d

w
h
a
t
e
v
e
r
w
e

m
a
y

n
e
e
d

f
o
r
o
u
r
f
u
r
t
h
e
r
g
r
o
w
t
h
,
i
s

i
n
s
t
a
n
t
l
y

p
r
o
v
i
d
e
d
,
e
i
t
h
e
r
t
h
r
o
u
g
h

t
h
o
u
g
h
t
s
,
b
o
o
k
s

o
r
a

s
t
r
a
y

c
o
m
m
e
n
t
.
F
r
e
e
d
o
m

f
r
o
m

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

f
r
e
e
s

u
s

t
o
s
e
e

l
i
f
e

a
s

i
t
i
s
,
h
e
l
p
i
n
g

u
s

t
o

f
i
n
e
-
t
u
n
e

o
u
r
s
e
n
s
e

o
f

d
i
s
c
r
i
m
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
.
D
i
s
t
i
n
c
t
i
o
n
s

b
e
t
w
e
e
n

m
e
a
n
s

a
n
d

e
n
d
s
,
b
e
t
w
e
e
n

a
c
t
i
o
n

a
n
d

c
o
n
s
e
q
u
e
n
c
e
s
,
t
h
e

i
n
d
i
v
i
d
u
a
l
a
n
d

t
h
e

u
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
,
f
l
o
w
e
r
o
u
t
a
t
t
h
i
s

s
t
a
g
e
,
g
i
v
i
n
g

u
s

c
l
a
r
i
t
y

a
n
d

d
e
p
t
h

o
f

t
h
o
u
g
h
t
.

A
s

w
e

t
a
k
e

r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

f
o
r
o
u
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
s

a
n
d

s
p
i
n

a
w
a
y

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

o
r
b
i
t
o
f
o
t
h
e
r
s
'
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
,
w
e

t
a
s
t
e

f
r
e
e
d
o
m

f
o
r
t
h
e

f
i
r
s
t
t
i
m
e
.
T
h
e

f
r
e
e
d
o
m
,
t
h
a
t
i
s

o
f

b
e
i
n
g

o
u
r
o
w
n

m
a
s
t
e
r
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
d

n
e
i
t
h
e
r
b
y

l
i
f
e

n
o
r
b
y

o
t
h
e
r
s
.
S
i
m
u
l
t
a
n
e
o
u
s
l
y
,
t
h
i
s

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
s

r
e
s
p
e
c
t
f
o
r
t
h
e

f
r
e
e
d
o
m

o
f

o
t
h
e
r
s
,
w
h
i
c
h

w
e

n
o
w

s
e
e

a
s

f
u
n
d
a
m
e
n
t
a
l
r
i
g
h
t
g
i
v
e
n

t
o

u
s

a
t
b
i
r
t
h
.

G
r
o
w
t
h
o
c
c
u
r
s

b
y

o
u
r

b
e
c
o
m
i
n
g

m
o
r
e

a
n
d

m
o
r
e

o
f

w
h
o

w
e

a
r
e
,

n
o
t

b
y

o
u
r

t
r
y
i
n
g

t
o

S
o
m
e
w
h
e
r
e

a
l
o
n
g

t
h
e

p
r
o
c
e
s
s

o
f

g
r
o
w
t
h
,
a
s

w
e

l
e
a
r
n

t
o

l
e
a
v
e

b
e
h
i
n
d

o
u
r
c
o
n
c
e
r
n
s

o
f

t
h
e

s
e
l
f
,
w
e

b
e
g
i
n
t
o

f
o
c
u
s

o
n

t
h
e

l
a
r
g
e
r
w
o
r
l
d
.
S
a
y
s

S
m
a
l
l
:
"
I
c
a
n

s
e
e

y
o
u
-
t
h
e

o
t
h
e
r
-
f
o
r
t
h
e

f
i
r
s
t
t
i
m
e
,
a

s
u
b
j
e
c
t
o
f

y
o
u
r
o
w
n

l
i
f
e
,
r
a
t
h
e
r
t
h
a
n

j
u
s
t
a
n

o
b
j
e
c
t
i
n

m
i
n
e
.
"

s
u
r
e

s
i
g
n

t
h
a
t
o
u
r
g
r
o
w
t
h

i
s

m
a
t
u
r
i
n
g

i
s

a
n

a
b
i
l
i
t
y

t
o

t
r
a
n
s
c
e
n
d

d
i
c
h
o
t
o
m
i
e
s
.
W
e

l
e
a
r
n

t
o

b
e
c
o
m
e

b
o
t
h

c
h
i
l
d
l
i
k
e

a
n
d

m
a
t
u
r
e
,
p
l
a
y
f
u
l
a
n
d

s
e
r
i
o
u
s
,
l
o
v
i
n
g

a
n
d

d
e
t
a
c
h
e
d
,
f
l
e
x
i
b
l
e

a
n
d

f
i
r
m
.

F
r
e
e
d

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

c
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
i
n
g

t
h
a
t
d
i
c
t
a
t
e
s

o
u
r
b
e
h
a
v
i
o
r
,
w
e

s
p
a
n

t
h
e

s
p
e
c
t
r
u
m

o
f

p
o
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
,
s
p
o
n
t
a
n
e
o
u
s
l
y

r
e
s
p
o
n
d
i
n
g

t
o

t
h
e

m
o
m
e
n
t
i
n

h
a
n
d
.
T
h
i
s

s
p
o
n
t
a
n
e
i
t
y

s
p
i
l
l
s

o
v
e
r
i
n
t
o

t
h
e

e
t
h
i
c
a
l
a
s
p
e
c
t
,
a
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

u
s

t
o

a
l
w
a
y
s

b
e

a
p
p
r
o
p
r
i
a
t
e
,
w
i
t
h
o
u
t
e
v
e
r
o
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g

f
r
o
m

e
x
t
e
r
n
a
l
o
r
p
r
e
s
e
t
r
u
l
e
s

o
f

r
i
g
h
t
a
n
d

w
r
o
n
g
.
W
e

a
r
e

n
o
w

w
e
l
l
i
n
t
o

t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

p
r
o
c
e
s
s
.

E
x
p
e
c
t
c
h
a
n
g
e
,
a
l
w
a
y
s

t
a
n
t
a
l
i
z
i
n
g
l
y

s
l
o
w
,
t
o

s
p
e
e
d

u
p

b
i
t
,
b
r
i
n
g
i
n
g

u
s
,
i
n

t
i
m
e
,
t
o

t
h
e

d
o
m
a
i
n

o
f

s
u
r
r
e
n
d
e
r
.
H
e
r
e
,
w
e

l
e
t
g
o

o
f

a
l
l
p
e
r
s
o
n
a
l
m
o
t
i
v
e
s

a
n
d

c
o
n
c
e
r
n
s
.
T
r
u
s
t
i
n
g

a
n
d

l
o
v
i
n
g

l
i
f
e

a
n
d

t
h
e

u
n
i
v
e
r
s
e

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
l
y
,
w
e

a
l
l
o
w

l
i
f
e

t
o

l
i
v
e

u
s
,
r
a
t
h
e
r
t
h
a
n
t
h
e

r
e
v
e
r
s
e
.
W
e

s
e
e

o
u
r
s
e
l
v
e
s

a
s

i
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
o
f

H
i
g
h
e
r
W
i
l
l
,
w
h
o
m

i
t
i
s

o
u
r
d
e
e
p

p
r
i
v
i
l
e
g
e

t
o

s
e
r
v
e
.
W
e

a
r
e

n
o
w

w
i
t
h
i
n

s
h
o
u
t
i
n
g

d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e

o
f

t
h
e

s
u
m
m
i
t
,
w
h
e
r
e
,
h
a
v
i
n
g

p
e
n
e
t
r
a
t
e
d

t
h
e

l
a
y
e
r
s

o
f

o
u
r
o
w
n

i
d
e
n
t
i
t
y
,
w
e

m
e
r
g
e

i
n
t
o
t
h
a
t
o
f

t
h
e

U
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
i
d
e
n
t
i
t
y
.
T
h
i
s

i
s

s
a
m
a
d
h
i
,
S
a
t
o
r
i
,
t
u
r
y
a
v
a
s
t
a
,
t
h
a
t
f
a
b
l
e
d

d
o
m
a
i
n

w
e

h
a
v
e

s
o
u
g
h
t
s
o

a
r
d
e
n
t
l
y

a
n
d

f
o
r
s
o

l
o
n
g
.

W
h
a
t
i
s

i
t
l
i
k
e
?

T
h
i
s

i
s

t
h
e

r
e
g
i
o
n

o
f

t
h
e

S
a
t
,
C
h
i
t
,
A
n
a
n
d
a

e
x
i
s
t
e
n
c
e
,
c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s
,
b
l
i
s
s

t
h
e
a
t
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
s

o
f

t
h
e

C
r
e
a
t
o
r
.
H
e
r
e

i
s

w
h
e
r
e

u
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
f
r
i
e
n
d
l
i
n
e
s
s
,
l
o
v
e
,
m
e
r
c
y

a
n
d

d
e
t
a
c
h
m
e
n
t
d
w
e
l
l
(
m
a
i
t
r
i
,
m
u
d
i
t
a
,
k
a
r
u
n
a
,
u
p
e
k
s
h
a
)
.

I
n

E
m
e
r
s
o
n
'
s

w
o
r
d
s
:
"
A
l
l
t
h
i
n
g
s

a
r
e

f
r
i
e
n
d
l
y

a
n
d
s
c
a
r
e
d
,
a
l
l
e
v
e
n
t
s

p
r
o
f
i
t
a
b
l
e
,
a
l
l
d
a
y
s

h
o
l
y
,
a
l
l
m
e
n

d
i
v
i
n
e
;
f
o
r
t
h
e

e
y
e

i
s

f
a
s
t
e
n
e
d

o
n

t
h
e

l
i
f
e

a
n
d

s
l
i
g
h
t
s

t
h
e

c
i
r
c
u
m
s
t
a
n
c
e
.

"

B
u
t
e
v
e
n
t
h
i
s

i
s

n
o
t
t
h
e

e
n
d
.
T
h
a
t
o
c
c
u
r
s

w
h
e
n
,
l
e
t
t
i
n
g
g
o

o
f

e
v
e
n

t
h
e

v
e
s
t
i
g
e
s

o
f

t
h
e

C
r
e
a
t
o
r
'
s

i
d
e
n
t
i
t
y
,
w
e

p
l
u
m
b

t
h
e

v
o
i
d

o
f

c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s
.
"
A
l
l
t
h
e
r
e

i
s

i
s

c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s
,
"

s
a
y
s

R
a
m
e
s
h

B
a
l
s
e
k
a
r
,
o
n
e

s
u
c
h

c
o
s
m
i
c

v
o
y
a
g
e
r
.
A
n
d

c
o
n
s
c
i
o
u
s
n
e
s
s

i
s

w
h
a
t
w
e

r
e
t
u
r
n

t
o
.
H
e
r
e

a
t
t
h
e

S
o
u
r
c
e
,
w
e

b
e
g
i
n

t
o

s
e
e

t
h
a
t
t
h
e

n
o
t
h
i
n
g

i
s
,
i
n
f
a
c
t
,
e
v
e
r
y
t
h
i
n
g
.
T
h
e

j
o
u
r
n
e
y

i
s

d
o
n
e
,
w
h
a
t
n
e
x
t
?

I
t
i
s

s
a
i
d

t
h
a
t
t
h
e

B
u
d
d
h
a
,
i
m
m
e
r
s
e
d

i
n

t
h
e

b
l
i
s
s

o
f

u
n
i
o
n
,
n
e
v
e
r
t
h
e
l
e
s
s

r
o
u
s
e
d

h
i
m
s
e
l
f

t
o

n
e
e
d

t
h
e

c
a
l
l
o
f

t
h
e

s
u
f
f
e
r
i
n
g

m
u
l
t
i
t
u
d
e
s
.
I
t
i
s

a
l
m
o
s
t
s
e
c
o
n
d

n
a
t
u
r
e

f
o
r
t
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
d

p
e
r
s
o
n

t
o

t
a
k
e

o
n

r
e
s
p
o
n
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y

f
o
r
t
h
e
w
o
r
l
d

a
t
l
a
r
g
e
.
H
e
n
c
e
f
o
r
t
h
,
t
h
e

w
o
r
l
d
'
s

p
r
o
b
l
e
m
s

a
r
e

h
i
s

p
r
o
b
l
e
m
s
,
t
h
e

w
o
r
l
d
'
s

h
a
p
p
i
n
e
s
s
h
i
s
.
U
s
u
a
l
l
y
,
t
h
i
s

t
a
k
e
s

t
h
e

f
o
r
m

o
f

t
e
a
c
h
i
n
g
b
u
t
t
h
e
r
e

h
a
v
e

b
e
e
n

o
t
h
e
r
o
u
t
l
e
t
s
.

S
o
m
e
,
l
i
k
e

R
a
m
e
s
h

B
a
l
s
e
k
a
r
,
w
r
i
t
e

b
o
o
k
s
:
M
a
s
a
n
o
b
u

F
u
k
u
o
k
a
,
a
u
t
h
o
r
o
f

O
n
e
-
S
t
r
a
w

R
e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
,
t
o
o
k

t
o

f
a
r
m
i
n
g
:
o
t
h
e
r
s

l
i
k
e

R
a
b
i
n
d
r
a
n
a
t
h

T
a
g
o
r
e

t
o
o
k
t
o

t
h
e

a
r
t
s
.
E
a
c
h

s
e
r
v
e
s

l
i
f
e

i
n

h
i
s

o
w
n

w
a
y
.
M
e
r
g
i
n
g

i
n
t
o

t
h
e

u
n
i
v
e
r
s
a
l
i
s

t
h
e

f
i
n
a
l
r
e
l
e
a
s
e

i
n
t
o

u
n
i
q
u
e

s
e
l
f
h
o
o
d
.
T
h
e
s
e

a
r
e

f
e
w

w
h
o

a
r
e

w
e
l
l
-
k
n
o
w
n
,
b
u
t
t
h
e
r
e

a
r
e

n
u
m
e
r
o
u
s

o
t
h
e
r
s

w
h
o

a
r
e

w
e
l
l
i
n
t
o

t
h
e

j
o
u
r
n
e
y

o
f

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.
I
n

t
h
e

f
o
l
l
o
w
i
n
g

p
a
g
e
s
,
y
o
u

w
i
l
l
l
o
o
k
i
n
t
o

t
h
e

m
i
n
d
s

a
n
d

s
h
a
r
e

t
h
e

t
h
o
u
g
h
t
s

o
f

e
l
e
v
e
n

s
u
c
h

i
n
d
i
v
i
d
u
a
l
s
.

S
e
l
f

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

t
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
,

e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
a
r
y
.

I
t

i
s

t
h
e

o
n
l
y

e
v
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
a
r
y

s
t
e
p

t
h
a
t

c
o
m
e
s

w
i
t
h

l
i
f
e
t
i
m
e

g
u
a
r
a
n
t
e
e
:

T
o
t
a
l

T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.

Tuesday, March 04, 2008


6:45 PM - • Welcome to my Myspace Page (Please Read) •

Current mood: grateful


Category: Religion and Philosophy
Why I Created this UFO/ET-Centric Myspace Page

Thanks for arriving at this page and to this message.

Though this page has been up and running for a couple of years, my personal
intentions for creating this Myspace page to begin with has largely been left up to
interpretation of those who visit and perhaps choose to read the subject matter
mentioned on the main page & covered in detail in various blogs I've posted as
well, the bulletins I occasionally post related to the subject of UFOs, ETs and/or
Spirituality.

Right now I wish to communicate to you my own reasons for this page's continued
existence, so that the information I have blogged (My own writings, articles,
resources etc) can be read with contextual understanding that is related to those
reasons, in an attempt to give clarity and relavence to the material I've posted.

The main reason is that in late 2001, I had two close-range UFO experiences on
two consecutive mornings from my own backyard. These encounters actually
weren't random events in that I had used focused thought (telepathy in
retrospect) towards initiating a contact. My reasoning to pursue contact in this
way came from my amateur video work

I had discovered prior to this through digital video (miniDV), the presence of
anomalous sporadic UFO activity using what it now known as the 'John Bro'
technique. (*You can Google search what this video technique is...). Through this
I realized an undeniable energetic relationship between the degree of activity
captured on video and the degree of thought consciously directed towards this
desired outcome.

These initial experiences were life-changing and forced me to revise my


understanding of Reality and how the shift from 'believing' to KNOWING was a
very transformative process of re-orientation of perspective and beliefs...More
than I had ever put much thought towards.

When you have an interactive experience with an intelligence more advanced and
evolved that allows such an encounter to occur, not once but twice and at length
(the 1st 35 minutes, the 2nd over 15 minutes), you can't help but be affected in
many different ways.

You also realize that this 'reality-shattering' event that you so wish to tell
everyone about, is ultimately subject to criticism, disbelief, and resistance. This
'paradigm shift' or perspective re-orientation phase can be perceived by the
experiencer as a 'Blessing' or a 'Curse' depending on on where they're at with
acclimating to this shift of personal Beliefs...So you learn to keep it inside for the
most part, lest you become the butt of jokes or taken for a 'ufo nutcase' by so
many in society who, by default and lacking interest in this controversial subject
have simply bought into the propaganda that western society has been fed
steadily for 50-plus years, their formulated opinions influenced from all forms of
media and the government(s) itself. It can be generally understood that unless
someone actually has been witness to such a truly unexplainable UFO
experience/event, the tendency is for them to logically dismiss even the remote
possibility that these sort of events HAPPEN. They do and will continue for their is
more to reality than what you've given attention towards...

In my case, as incredible these initial experiences were, over the next several
years as I continued to develop my telepathic skill in an attempt to make further
contact/rapport, even more invloved and more incredible interactive contact
events occurred on a somewhat regular basis, subsequently journaled in great
detail after every event.

After amassing hundreds of journal pages, covering every & all details of these
events--how and where an object or objects would materialize;consistencies as
well as the varying types, shapes, sizes, colors, behaviors, energies, as the
occasional telepathic communication received, I felt that although my personal
experiences, while not altogether exclusive to me alone, were no doubt an
incredible and relatively rare sequence of ongoing circumstances/experiences
which need to be shared openly with anyone interested in the TRUTH...whatever
their response is & however positive or negative that response may produce in an
individual.

So, it is my INTENTION to present Truth as I have repeatedly experienced it (in no


uncertain terms), posting related material (documents/resources/personal
encounters) that accurately support the realization that we have been & are being
visited often here, in and around the Earth, by a variety of extraterrestrial
intelligences. And additionally that ET activity is a world-wide phenomenon, and
that all major governments are well-aware of this fact. These facts will become
globally understood and will become common knowledge in the next several
years.

We are moving towards becoming a galactic society. As we reach for the stars and
become incresingly aware of the realities beyond our planet and solar system, it
appears we are slowly becoming acclimated to those who exist and dwell within
these spaces.

The implications are profound and there are many facets to this change in
perspective that covers a wide area of subjects and topics some obviously related,
others seemingly unrelated yet relevant.

I am here on Myspace to plant a seed, whether it's acknowledged or not. Simply


by my openly writing about and speaking openly and honestly about my
experiences, it allows others to feel safe in that they too can share about
experiences which may seem extraordinary and defy belief.

For others unacclimated to the reality of UFOs, ETs and the dramatic changes now
occurring on our planet, my openness and matter-of-fact manner of
communicating my experiences and corroborating wisdom, concepts and ideas will
plant a seed of awareness, however subtle & seemingly insignificant that will one
day serve to contribute to accept and acknowledge fully the fact that Reality is
Vast and Teeming with intelligent life.

As Our spiritual understanding continues to develop and human consciousness


matures and becomes refined, we will discover as a species how the mechanics of
the universe are intrinsically connected to consciousness itself and that All Things
are Related. Extraterrestrial contact is merely a predictable result of reaching into
the stars and will become an understood fact as we move ahead in the next few
decades.

The information in my blogs is of great value to those who may want to get more
acclimated to some of the many facets of UFOs, Contact, Spiritual Wisdom,
Prophecies becoming fulfilled which are handed down from indigenous cultures, as
well as other material related in some way to this historic time in human
existence.Thank You All for being a friend of mine!

Mitakuye Oyasin (all things related)

David
•••
Currently listening :
Love
By The Beatles
Release date: 21 November, 2006

11 Comments - 19 Kudos - Add Comment


Friday, May 02, 2008
12:04 PM - • My personal Extraterrestrial Contact Protocol (2007-2008) •

Current mood: thankful


Category: Life

Extraterrestrial Contact Protocol


2007-2008
David J Kobza
Coordinator / Facilitator

UFOS & EXTRATERRESTRIALS:

UNDERSTANDING HOW TO INITIATE AND ESTABLISH SUCCESSFUL


VISUAL AND TELEPATHIC CONTACT WITH STAR VISITORS

HEART / MIND - KEYS TO ALIGN WITH GALACTIC CONSCIOUSNESS

In order to establish fully conscious, direct contact with benevolent & loving, intelligent and
spiritually-advanced extraterrestrial beings, you must first understand that everything is inter-
connected and that ALL is ONE within Creation. Second, is that the underlying vibration or
frequency of Unity connected to All things is Pure Love of which Light is instantiated. Opening
a direct channel of communication with Loving Beings at a distance is an ACTIVE
DEMONSTRATION of how effective we as humans are, in consciously directing the
electromagnetic energies of our Heart and our Mind to then work together in order to raise our
vibrational resonant frequency to a level compatible with higher planes of existence-where
refined, integrated dimensional relationships co-exist as One.

The higher dimensional planes of existence are realms of Unified Consciousness, an energetic
matrix of conscious, collective light energy aligned to the Infinite awareness of Pure Creation
Consciousness. We can call it Cosmic or Galactic Consciousness as it is the next level up in what
our inner and outer feels, can perceive and will proceed to define as a part of a new, vast and
incredibly diverse, 'Consciousness-affective' reality system (paradigm).

And as we are like vast clusters of sparks of consciousness. electromagnetic 'slivers' of God
consciousness potential, we realize that we can align ourselves to and then actively embody
these higher octaves of Supreme Reality-the fundamental essence of what human beings truly
ARE at the deepest level of our existence.
The Circle of Life...To evolve in awareness to become what our intrinsic conscious essence has
always been and has been leading us toward.

To put these abstract metaphysical concepts into context, I have discovered over time that in
order to have the sort of meaningful contact we truly seek the Mind and the Heart must work as a
team in certain ways in order to raise our body's vibrational state so that it is aligned and
resonates with those we are wishing to connect to.

As we actively align ourselves with the Loving Light energies of the Cosmic or Galactic
expression of Creation our realm of experience too is re-defined in that the activity of raising
one's frequency of expression is a key to access the rare oppotunity to further acclimate
ourselves to intergalactic / multidimensional Realities.

Using the Loving Light from your Heart, the frequency of Love you become aligned with is our
link to the Unified Consciousness which transcends distance limitations, present in All things
near and far.

Dr. Steven Greer's (CSETI, Disclosure Project) 'Coherent Thought Sequencing' is also directed
on becoming aware of these expanded states of awareness in order to put human beings in the
driving seat with regard to Star Beings.

Radiating this Loving Light Energy authentically will lead to experiences beyond your
expectations if you can become experienced and skilled at the managing the interrelated duties
of Heart, Mind, Will and Focus in a way that is potentiating every other part in an invisible yet
increasingly clearly perceived Realm of Shared Oneness.

However, let's focus on Unconditional Love and why sustaining and projecting an individual or
group mental thought/intention, both of which serving a desired outcome, play a major part of
the method in our ability to establish a true UFO and/or ET contact. Various forms of telepathic
communication often occur during a contact experience, demonstrating a richness of
communication not possible through spoken language.

THE POWER OF LOVE - INTELLIGENT & DIVINE


Love is something you hear about every day, but a closer look at Love reveals Divine and
Miraculous Attributes, far more powerful intelligent than we ever knew or ever felt. The
emotions the Heart can generate & sustain are not emotions but are active demonstrations of
Wisdom, intelligence & respect.

They are like I have said key components in accessing a realm which hosts a multitude of
advanced, responsible conscious beings. There is Great intelligence in the Heart's connection to
Creation, connected to a hightened ability to sense energy which does not function in that refined
domain.

Love is a Frequency of Consciousness, and overlaps into Bliss, Joy, Compassion. It's the natural
state of the deepest part of your being.

Unconditional Love and Respect for ALL life, wit Gratitude & Joyful acceptance...To embody
this vibration feels like radiant, flowing unconditional love pouring out of you. And with it, a
complete absence of fear, hate, or negativity would result. True, Pure Love is devoid of even the
slightest hint of fear or our negative emotions.

Love is a frequency which is Light and also Warmth like the Sun - so be like the Sun and
visualize your Heart expand it's Loving Rays outward - "as deep and as wide as the rays of the
sun should you become', as my Star Family explained it to me.

Humans often times fail to perceive this kind of light energy with the optical senses but it's very
much a frequency of light energy our Star Friends acknowledge and perceive quite easily. When
we focus on embodying & expressing Love - however that may arise (romance/family
ties/lpassionate desires/compassion) we exude some degree of this loving light energy.

Our human eyes cannot see it, but it is apparently easily perceived to the more advanced
humanoid species in the cosmos.
Love is within All things - things material, and throughout space itself. It's essence is present in
all of Creation...So Love is like Creation's fundamental resonant frequency, like glue that holds it
all together-from micro to macro. Among it's many amazing qualities, it can also function as a
carrier frequency for our thought-forms to be sent instantly - at the 'Speed of Love' to our desired
recipient.

Love is at the core of Everywhere & EVERYTHING - an underlying energy essence making a
love-embedded transmission instant, as Love is resonant EVERYWHERE in an instant.

So the Sky's NOT the limit, but more so the clarity of thought form and intention of the activity
and one's creative ability to also become Loving Light consciousness is our only theoretical
limit...so long as our 'Love Amplifier' (our Heart) is powering intention of organized thought-
form, you're making progress. "Heart before Mind, else it's a crime..."

Methodology / Structure
So we need a method of generating that Love vibration to open our Hearts up. Then we want to
enhance our body's capacity to radiate Love by visualizing the Heart's Loving Light expanding
and extending out through all things...

We then want to expand this beyond the body's perceived limited material form(body), visualize
ourselves as if becoming the Sun: Radiant, flowing in all directions through all
things...expanding, becoming larger & larger, even becoming the 'size' of our galaxy...even
larger.

Visualization will certainly be a big part in how our own personal energies merge and associate
with Creation. We represent the consciousness and the miracle of Creation, as we were 'Made in
God's Image'..."Pretend is actually a friend. Fake is always a Flake."

So keep these things in mind in order to create reality to YOUR desiring.

And finally, incorporating a thought-form/intention/call for contact to then 'ride' this Unified
current of Love,(inherent in all of Creation), instantly to our desired destination for that thought-
form. This is in essence what the meditation exercise portion of this text document will attempt
to accomplish.
Our awareness of just how significant a role each of our individual hearts & minds play is in it's
infancy.

Stepping back a bit to see the Grand Scheme of Things (If I can even attempt to explain this
correctly), Unconditional Love, sustained, upheld and expressed seems to invoke a
demonstration of evolved thought responsibility, such that Humankind's Evolution of Existence
& Purpose is perhaps then 'granted access' to greater and even greater still, 'powers' or abilities
(once thought of as miracles) which are in accordance to consciousness..thought/intentions) and
the degree of Love that thought-form is aligned with, when
Humankind as a collective whole, actualize this..!

These are very difficult concepts to convey adequately simply through words. Forgive me if I
fall short of explaining the intracacies of 'The Big Picture'...

Most of our Lives we experience very few moments where that Frequency of LOVE is pure,
strong, sustained and directed for any real length of time. It's often fleeting...often due to letting
our lower emotional reckless habituated tendencies introduce hate, fear or jealousy which
seriously compromise the frequency of Love.

ETs, LOVE AND THE LAW OF ATTRACTION


This brings us to Extraterrestrials. So what's Love got to do with it...? Everything. These
advanced ETs exist in a constant state of high vibratory Loving Bliss. We do not. There is
apparently a Universal Law (or a Cosmic Law ETs are abiding by) which requires raising Our
body and mind's vibrational frequency to become 'compatible' with the evolved beings who
operate in these higher states of consciousness.

This higher frequency is a state of Blissful, Unconditional Love & Joy-A state average humans
sadly only experience usually very seldomly if ever.)

Like I mentioned these seems to be some law of attraction at work which depends greatly on
whether or not energetic commonalities between us & the ETs are present and then share for a
mutually desirous outcome. It seems like magnets which pull themselves together, however that
is a almost too simple of an analogy because I know it's more of an 'allowing' on their part to
teach us, to show us where we need to be in our own individual frequencies. And to be like that
24/7.

This is a real challenge for us to realize!

-It often takes some dedicated heart-felt practice (especially for those not familiar with
meditation), but it can be done by anyone with sincere intention, an open mind and open heart,
and loving disposition.

-It takes one who is free from unaddressed/unresolved fear issues. Fears of the unknown or
worries of being 'violated' by little grey 'aliens' may need some attention.
-Attempts out of momentary curiosity will likely be fruitless.

-Many times conditions must be optimal (weather, one's state of mind, among other
considerations) for a successful visually-oriented experience to unfold.

-Be Loving-

-Be Grateful & Allowing-

-BE PATIENT- (!)

The average time this process takes is at least 15-20 minutes in order to shift your body's
vibration and create a concise and clear thought-form adequately. (Especially If you haven't been
practicing mind & heart-oriented meditative exercises frequently,

RELAXATION

Sit comfortably in meditation position or reclining legs outstretched facing upwards toward the
sky.
Whatever position for you is most comfortable allowing you not be concerned with it.

Surround your entire body with a bubble of white light.

Gently close your eyelids. Take five deep, rhythmic breaths in and out.

This whole relaxation sequence as well as the entire experience itself should be un-rushed,
patient and allowing, unattached to the outcome for it to be successful. I can't state this enough.

Upon exhale relax the body and mentally say "relax"...Just let go...

Then, focus in on each part of the body: feet, ankles, legs, knees, etc. on up relaxing your
stomach, chest, arms, heart, neck, face, head, mind and eyes.

Be calm and relaxed as you do these, focusing on each area until you feel a sense of release and
feeling completely relaxed before moving on to the next area.

Thank Creation/God for your Blessed body/instrument and this opportunity to connect with Our
Star Brothers and Sisters.

GENERATE LOVING LIGHT ENERGY

Ask for Creation/God for loving light to fill your body. Visualize golden-white light to pour into
you through the top of your head like a cascading waterfall of light, slowly and gently filling
your body with more and more Loving light energy. Use your mind to visualize this. Act 'as if',
as if it is actually occurring.

Ask for even more Loving light energy to fill your mind, body and soul.

And gently allow yourself to feel this as best as you can imagine/feel. Recall the feelings of the
things in life which brought you Joy, Bliss, Happiness, and Love. Feel Gratitude for all of this to
be possible...!

OPENING THE HEART

Surrender....and merge with Creation...

Focus now on your heart.


Affirm inwardly, "I open my heart..."

Like a flower, imagine the petals to slowly open, one by one. The opened petals reveal a
luminous golden-white light. It's warmth is the Love of the body now concentrated in this
opening Heart/Flower. Breathe into this...Ask for Creation to help raise the Loving light energy
level.

Feel the radiant nature of the rays of light as they are allowed to be revealed by slowly opening
these one by one. This is about feeling! (The contact really hinges on your personal ability to
muster up enough emotional warmth an Joyous 'glow' as you surrender and open your Heart).

Open the heart even more, now spreading throughout your entire body.

As you feel it more and more, radiate these rays of light outwardly, in all directions: Your chest,
back, head, arms, hands, feet and sides.

As this flow is in now in flux, affirm, "I open my heart and radiate endless rays of loving light
energy...As wide as the rays of the sun".

Imagine the great expanse of radiant light energy. Imagine consciously expressing Love
personally through these rays as well as God/Creation generating Love through your Heart.

Allow yourself to actually become and feel that infinite radiant expression.

It's connecting our visualization capacities and coupling them with the emotive quality that
comes from opening the heart and focusing upon LOVE. What you think about expands into
being. The same goes for the creative imaging capacity of the mind and the feeling nature of the
Heart.

Become Love and Light. Just exist as this beyond all else, and see how that feels.

This is leading you to the frequency of expression one needs to be in to attract into your lives a
group of extraterrestrials who have your personal best interests at heart and who operate out of
service-to-others.

PUTTING OUT THE CALL

Now, while you are feeling at One with the Universe, put out the call for "Contact with
Spiritually advanced, Loving Star Beings" or however you wish to word it. You do want to keep
it as short as possible at first, so "Hello Star Friends" or other short, welcoming and positive
telepathic thoughtforms seem to be effective and should be experimented with.

State this mentally (and verbally if you desire) and sustain this thought as well as mentally
visualize releasing this thought through the Rays of Loving Light energy. As the thought clarity
and potency dissolves, restate this thoughtform and again sustain, and project with sincere
Loving intention.

Consciously welcome their Loving presence to where you are....

At this point you could give them your location in case the craft and crew aren't in our local area.
"I'm from Earth" and visualize the Blue globe, North and South America..."North America" and
visualize the country. "West Coast" and again, zoom-in on region mentally until you have given
generally specific coordinates...

Then back to the intended thoughtform for contact just described.

HELPFUL TIPS:
*Having a detached, unrushed, positive, genuine, honest and grateful disposition is very, very
helpful. These elements should be woven into the entire process outlined here.

*Other people's energy can affect the outcome, so make time to have uninterrupted exploration
sessions unless the 'frequency differential' is minimal.

*Since this method has a visual component, a good clear day (or days) is highly recommended.
Clear Blue skies are what you should shoot for.

*Your emotional state of being has a huge impact on whether or not you will have success in
achieving contact with these evolved beings. If you had an arguement earlier in the day and your
loved one is on your mind chances are you'll likely prevent an experience from being realized.

*Often birds or other sky phenomena can often be connected with extraterrestrial event either
preceeding or during the event itself. Keep your eyes open and use your intuitive ability to 'feel
out' a situation.

WHAT TO EXPECT: Everything & Nothing.....Got it?


These experiences need awareness and reasonable discernment, not imatience and expectation.

This process usually takes a few consecutive days before it is effective for a successful outcome.
Try to assign three consecutive days for your protocol to be practiced. Although I have had
success on a single day, there is much more likelyhood of a successful outcome when you have
practiced the concepts for at the very least a couple of days.

Often, phenomena will be experienced although it will likely be transitory and nothing distinct
and solid. Every encounter seems to play out differently. The protocol itself usually takes about
15-20 minutes, but can be as short as 5-10 minutes if you have put in a couple days of successful
experiences.
You may feel a tingling or feeling of excitement in the solar plexus which may precede or be
present when a visual lock-on has been established.

When a craft becomes visually apparent. It may hover in one place, bobbing or wobbling a bit or
be very still. Slowly rotating objects can reveal parts of the craft, changing the shape of what
you're looking at.

Crafts can vary dramatically although there are some designs that are typically seen more than
others. Remember, I'm describing craft which has characteristics that can be distinguished in the
daylight, using magnification of some sort.

-Orbs
-Oval-Shaped
-Discs
-Exotics

-The orbs can take on a variety of colors including white, gold, silver, red, blue, turquoise, self-
luminous and self-luminous pastel colors. These are the most commonly experienced objects.

-The flat discs are usually a dull or shiny metallic and the color most often silver.

-The oval/ovoid-shaped objects are usually appear to be metallic and also are seen in the same
varitey of colors as mentioned above, including a multi-hued undulating pattern which revolves
and shifts over a metallic body.

-The Universe is VAST, teeming with intelligent life and diversity. As such, the craft can be what
would be defined as 'exotic' or downright strange(!) for that matter.

-Craft can go from a plasma-like state and morph from one state to another. It can seem metallic,
then glow, displaying no shadows from or reflections from the sun returning to the metallic state
in strange patterns or rhythms. Just one example of the many types of intelligently guided aerial
objects one could experience through initiating contact.

Sometimes when a contact is occurring , they will see who you are by performing what I
describe as an energetic 'scan'. You may feel an energy permeate through you, as if your mind,
heart & body are being explored or examined. This can last up to three minutes. At first it may
seem a bit strange but it's not too intense and it's short-lived. I believe this is to gather
information about who it is you are and your state of being, thinking, feeling and loving.

If this 'scanning' brings up any issues pertaining to fears, becoming violated, or anxiety, know
that this is how they can know about you without asking you face-to-face.

Often, they will transmit their frequency of Love for you to experience , and it's nothing short of
Pure Ecstacy. It's a Revelation in and of itself. It can be in the form of a Galactic Family reunion,
a conscious demonstration of their Love for Humankind through powerful waves of empathetic
emotion flowing through your body and mind...among other ways of telepathic interplay.
It will feel like there is an underlying telepathic component. Often this is expressed in different
ways more and less subtle. Words or ideas, or visions or feelings can be conveyed by them and
received by us.

During the event, a calming, blissful energy will generally be felt-as it should.

Events can be a few minutes in length or an hour or even longer. Depending on the circumstance,
an event can be short and transitory or involved and very personally meaningful, seemingly
lasting as long as you want. In other words, at times they are very generous with their time, and
other times somewhat hesitant or fleeting. I believe this has to do with our state of mind/being
more often than not.

Be specific as to what it is you are wanting to experience. I feel that this experience is one of
CHOICE once we are at the frequency which is conductive to establishing contact.

Know that the methods for raising one's vibrational frequency are many. This one has proven to
work for me, having gone through a long period of trial and error and discerning semmingly
essential components needed to successfully vector in Star Visitors.

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT: BINOCULARS


Maintaining a steady image at a distance requires optics with electronic/stabilizer technology.
Recommended: Fujinon electronically-stabilized series or Canon Stabilized Binoculars.
(Note: Binoculars are often available on eBay for considerably less than retail)

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT (PERSONAL GEAR I Have Used)


Video camera - Canon GL-1 (Tripod recommended)
Cheap Digtal Camera Essential concept for attracting and manifesting
what you want

Setting an intention is something we all have done in the past and naturally have
the ability to do. However, many of us have not learned how to harness the
awesome power behind setting an intention yet.

If you look at the typical behavior of your mind, you’ll see it is constantly creating
intentions. Some are weak while others are more solid and trustworthy. It’s easy to
understand why your wimpy intentions don’t always manifest results, yet why
wouldn’t all of your strong intentions? What is the secret to making your solid
intentions manifest results faster and easier?

The answer lies in the LENGTH OF TIME you can actually hold on to the FEELING of
your desired outcome. Here is a great manifesting secret to explore:

The number of seconds you can hold on to a specific desired outcome with a feeling
of genuine excitement and joy is indirectly proportional to the amount of time it
takes to manifest in your world.

This means that imagining your desired outcome has happened for 60 seconds will
manifest that outcome twice as fast for you as if you held it for 30 seconds. So how
long can you hold on to ONE thought? Your ability to hold an intention for a longer
period of time depends on how much you can quiet your mind.

This quietness is based on several things, but mainly it is created from your
personal connection with the Universal Source. The secret to increasing this
connection is rooted in your ability to trust the Universe, let go of attachment to
specific outcomes, and relax while enjoying the magical manifesting process!

As you learn how to consistently trust in the Universe and yourself, you will also
have more of a KNOWING and FEELING that your desired outcome is already on its
way. The Universe will give you signs along the path to guide you through apparent
problems, personal issues and distractions that may stop you.

It is good to know that these "distractions" are a natural part of the manifesting
process. Without them, you wouldn’t get the inspiration, motivation, or spark of
creativity to come up with any revolutionary new ideas about how to evolve as a
spiritual being in this world.

These problems and distractions help you to WAKE UP and make your life more alive
and juicy! They create a greater awareness inside of you, and actually raise your
consciousness. When the moment comes that you feel free from this distracting
problem, you experience a great alignment with the Universe again, and can FEEL
how intimately and divinely connected you are with everything.

If we don’t change, we don’t grow. If we don’t grow, we are not really living. Growth
demands a temporary surrender of security.

Most people just wish their lives would change. They send out wishy-washy energy
with their words, thoughts and feelings, and thus get weak results in return. Often
people will unconsciously choose to have weak intentions because it’s a great
excuse for not succeeding, and is easier than continuing to work harder to reach
their goal.

On the other hand, sometimes the habit of working too hard can be a hindrance,
especially if we forget to make time to practice receiving the FEELINGS we are really
desiring. So set some time aside tomorrow morning to relax into those feelings you
most desire. Whether it is pure joy, abundance, or being loved, admired or
appreciated, make time to imagine whatever will give you those feelings inside.

Manifesting happens easily and effortlessly when you open yourself to your
feelings, are clear about what you want, and can trust in your personal connection
with the Universe. When you live your life from this space everyday, you don’t get
upset if your desires don’t manifest at the expected time. Instead, you find yourself
committed to being more passionate about FEELING what you really want to
experience inside.

With practice, you will see the Universe magically responds to every intention you
put out. In fact, once you start on this manifesting path, it only becomes easier and
more fun to create anything you desire.
There are basically two movements of consciousness: love and fear. Love is allowing
what is, and fear is resisting it.

A HOPI ELDER SPEAKS:

"You have been telling the people that this is the Eleventh Hour, now you must go
back and tell the people that this is THE HOUR. And there are things to be
considered...

Where are you living?


What are you doing?
What are your relationships?
Are you in right relation?
Where is your water?
Know your garden.
It is time to speak your Truth.
Create your community.
Be good to each other.
And do not look outside yourself for the leader.

Then he clasped his hands together, smiled, and said, "This could be
a good time! There is a river flowing now very fast. It is so great
and swift that there are those who will be afraid. They will try to
hold on to the shore. They will feel they are being torn apart and
will suffer greatly. Know the river has its destination. The elders
say we must let go of the shore, push off into the middle of the
river, keep our eyes open, and our heads above the water.
And I say, see who is in there with you and celebrate. At this time
in history, we are to take nothing personally. Least of all,
ourselves. For the moment that we do, our spiritual growth and
journey comes to a halt. The time of the lone wolf is over.
Gather yourselves! Banish the word struggle from your attitude and
your vocabulary. All that we do now must be done in a sacred manner
and in celebration.

We are the ones we've been waiting for.


Oraibi, Arizona
Hopi Nation

Dan Katchongva (1865-1972), Hopi

Primary Source: Excerpts, The Hopi Story: Teachings, History, and Prophecies of the
Hopi People: as told by Dan Katchongva, Sun Clan. Translated by Danagyumptewa

This talk was recorded on 1/29/70 and was published because Mr. Katchongva
hoped that those causing this tragedy could not persist if they had an idea of the
purpose behind Hopi resistance to foreign control. Dan agreed to the publication of
this booklet on condition that it never be sold, insisting that to sell Hopi teachings
would be like selling his own mother. In addition to the prophecies fulfilled during
his lifetime, Dan was told by his father that he would live to see the beginning of
the final event of this era, the Great Day of Purification. Dan Katchongva died in
1972.

Arrival of Another Race Foretold

Time passed on, people passed on, and the prophecies of things to come were
passed from mouth to mouth. The stone tablets and the rock writing of the life plan
were often reviewed by the elders. Fearfully they waited as they retold the
prophecy that one day another race of people would appear in their midst and claim
our land as his own. He would try to change our pattern of life. He would have a
sweet tongue or a forked tongue and many good things by which we would be
tempted. He would use force in an attempt to trap us into using weapons, but we
must not fall for this trick, for then we ourselves would be brought to our knees,
from which we might not be able to rise. Nor must we ever raise our hand against
any nation. We now call these people Bahanna.

The Forces of Purification

We have teachings and prophecies informing us that we must be alert for the signs
and omens which will come about to give us courage and strength to stand on our
beliefs. Blood will flow. Our hair and our clothing will be scattered upon the earth.
Nature will speak to us with its mighty breath of wind. There will be earthquakes
and floods causing great disasters, changes in the seasons and in the weather,
disappearance of wildlife, and famine in different forms. There will be gradual
corruption and confusion among the leaders and the people all over the world, and
wars will come about like powerful winds. All of this has been planned from the
beginning of creation.

We will have three people standing behind us, ready to fulfill our prophecies when
we get into hopeless difficulties: the Moha Symbol (which refers to a plant that has
a long root, milky sap, grows back when cut off, and has a flower shaped like a
swastika, symbolizing the four great forces of nature in motion), the Sun Symbol,
and the Red Symbol. Bahanna's intrusion into the Hopi way of life will set the Moha
symbol in motion, so that the four great forces of nature (the four directions, the
controlling forces, the original force) will rock the world into war. When this happens
we will know that our prophecies are coming true. We will gather strength and
stand firm.

This great movement will fall, but because its subsistence is milk, and because it is
controlled by the four forces of nature, it will rise again to put the world in motion,
creating another war, in which both the Moha and the Sun Symbol will be at work.
[My note: apparently referring to the swastika-like Moha (Germany) in conjunction
with the Rising Sun (Japan)] Then it will rest in order to rise a third time. Our
prophecy foretells that the third event will be the decisive one. Our road plan
foretells the outcome.

This sacred writing speaks the word of the Great Spirit. It could mean the
mysterious life seed with two principles of tomorrow, indicating one, inside of which
is two. The third and last, which will it bring forth, purification or destruction?

The third event will depend upon the Red Symbol, which will take command, setting
the four forces of nature (Moha) in motion for the benefit of the Sun. When he sets
these forces in motion the whole world will shake and turn red and turn against the
people who are hindering the Hopi cultural life. To all these people Purification Day
will come. Humble people will run to him in search of a new world, and the equality
that has been denied them. He will come unmercifully. His people will cover the
Earth like red ants. We must not go outside to watch. We must stay in our houses.
He will come and gather the wicked people who are hindering the red people who
were here first. He will be looking for someone whom he will recognize by his way of
life, or by his head (the special Hopi haircut) or by the shape of his village and his
dwellings. He is the only one who will purify us. The Purifier, commanded by the Red
Symbol, with the help of the Sun and the Moha, will weed out the wicked who have
disturbed the way of life of the Hopi, the true way of life on Earth. The wicked will
be beheaded and will speak no more. This will be the Purification for all righteous
people, the Earth, and all living things on Earth. The ills of the earth will be cured.
Mother Earth will bloom again and all people will unite into peace and harmony for
a long time to come.

But if this does not materialize, the Hopi traditional identity will vanish due to
pressure from Bahanna. Through the white man's influence, his religions, and the
disappearance of our sacred land, the Hopi will be doomed. This is the Universal
Plan, speaking through the Great Spirit since the dawn of time.

The Hopi have been placed on this side of the Earth to take care of the land through
their ceremonial duties, just as other races of people have been placed elsewhere
around the Earth to take care of her in their own ways. Together, we hold the world
in balance, revolving properly. If the Hopi nation vanishes, the motion of the Earth
will become eccentric, the water will swallow the land, and the people will perish.
Only a brother and a sister may be left to start a new life...

We know certain people are commissioned to bring about the Purification. It is the
Universal Plan from the beginning of creation, and we are looking up to them to
bring purification to us. It is in the rock writings throughout the world, on different
continents. We will come together if people all over the world know about it. So we
urge you to spread this word around so people will know about it, and the appointed
ones will hurry up with their task, to purify the Hopi and get rid of those who are
hindering our way of life.

I have spoken. I wish this message to travel to all corners of this land and across
the great waters, where people of understanding may consider these words of
wisdom and knowledge. This I want. For people may have different opinions about
some things, but because of the nature of the beliefs upon which this Hopi life is
based, I expect that at least one will agree, maybe even two. If three agree it will be
worth manyfold.

I am forever looking and praying eastward to the rising sun for my true white
brother to come and purify the Hopi. My father, Yukiuma, used to tell me that I
would be the one to take over as leader at this time, because I belong to the Sun
Clan, the father of all the people on the Earth. I was told that I must not give in,
because I am the first. The Sun is the father of all living things from the first
creation. And if I am done, the Sun Clan, then there will be no living thing left on the
Earth. So I have stood fast. I hope you will understand what I am trying to tell you.

"I am the Sun, the Father. With my warmth all things are created. You are my
children and I am very concerned about you. I hold you to protect you from harm,
but my heart is sad to see you leaving my protecting arms and destroying
yourselves. From the breast of you mother, the Earth, you receive your
nourishment, but she is too dangerously ill to give you pure food. What will it be?
Will you lift your father's heart? Will you cure your mother's ills? Or will you forsake
us and leave us with sadness to be weathered away? I don't want this world to be
destroyed. If this world is saved, you all will be saved and whoever has stood fast
will complete this plan with us, so that we will all be happy in the Peaceful Way."

The people will corrupt the good ways of life, bringing about the same life as that
from which we fled in the underworld. The sacred body of the female will no longer
be hidden, for the shield of protection will be lifted up, an act of temptation toward
sexual license will also be enjoyed. Most of us will be lost in the confusion. As
awareness that something extraordinary is happening will develop in most of the
people, for even their leader will be confused into polluting themselves. It will be
difficult to decide whom to follow. Those gifted with the knowledge of the sacred
instructions will then live very cautiously, for they will remember and have faith in
these instructions, and it will be on their shoulders that the fate of the world shall
rest.

People everywhere must give Hopi their most serious consideration, our prophecies,
our teachings, and our ceremonial duties, for if Hopi fails, it will trigger the
destruction of the world and all mankind. I have spoken through the mouth of the
Creator. May the Great Spirit guide you on the right path.

Prophecy Rock

Our Hopi history tells us that at the time of emergence we met the spirit who owns
this world. He met us, and we asked him to be our leader. He refused, saying that
we had our own mission to fulfill before he would consider becoming our leader. He
set this life out for us. He gave us instructions. This is symbolized by his figure
holding the line.

Now the circle at the bottom of the drawing symbolizes the physical world and
creation. We went forth into our journeys. We reached a certain point in time, who
knows, maybe a thousand years. There we were met by Massau'u again. Here he
gave us more instructions. To the Hopis he gave a path of life to follow. This is
shown by the straight line that goes across. To the white brother he gave different
instructions. The white brother went up, and the Hopis went another direction.

Now at this second meeting with Massau'u, he told us that within the life of this
current world, there would be three phases of life where the whole world would be
shaken up. Three nations would rise up and shake the world. This we interpret to
mean world wars. Now up at the left side we see a symbol. This is what is painted
on the Hopi ceremonial rattles that are given to children.

The rattle symbolizes the world. The painting on the rattle shows the symbols of the
countries that would shake the world three times. I think that the swastika in the
middle symbolizes the German people, who had that for a symbol. They brought the
United States into the First and Second World Wars. The sun symbol signifies the
Japanese people who brought the United States into the Second World War.
Pasivaya, an old religious leader from Shipaulovi, told me that the third nation to
rise up would have its national symbols in red. The people would wear red caps or
red robes. The world has been shaken up twice already. There is one more war left.

So after the second meeting with Massau'u the white brother went on his way, and
we went on our way, according to instructions. But it was told that we would meet
again some day, that this white brother would come back to purify us so that we
would become one people again. So on the top, the line means this -- it shows the
journey of this white brother. In the life of the white peoples, they would show
themselves to be clever and gifted. They would invent many scientific things.

So the first three figures shown on the top line symbolize the stages of the white
people, their scientific advancement, from the carriage to the automobile to the
airplane. The circles right underneath the figures prophesy the three gourds of
ashes that would fall on earth. The first and second circles are interpreted to mean
the bombs that fell on Japan in WWII. The four headless figures on top show our
Hopis who have become like the white people. These are Hopis who have forsaken
their Life Plan and who have become like the Pahana [whites]. They have fallen for
the white way of life -- the easy life, the modern conveniences -- and do not care for
Hopi life anymore. These Hopis will say to other Hopis to follow their ways. Now if all
Hopis fall for this trap, then life will be like the jagged line going up, toward the
upper right corner. It will be up and down, turmoil, earthquakes, floods, drought.
The old people say we are at this stage of life now.

But it is prophesied that a phase of life will come when those Hopis who have
become like the white people will realize their wrongdoings and attempt to join
again the Hopis who are holding on. This is symbolized by the line going down, back
to the Life Plan of the Hopis. Now if this happens, then there will be times of unity,
of all Hopis working together. We would have then come back to this Life Plan set
out by the Great Spirit for us. This is symbolized by the circle and the corn.

Now it is foretold that we would meet up with Massau'u one more time as
symbolized by the figure on the right. He will judge us and, if we are deserving to
go with him, he will accept to be the leader of the Hopis. And thereafter we will
have a happy life.
As you see, the simple drawing that I have explained to you talks about the whole
world from the beginning to the end. (From Hopi Mental Health Conference Report,
1982, p. 40.)

Native Prophecies Confirm the Reality of Flying Saucers


[From an article by Richard W. Kimball, Daily Courier Prescott]
Date: Sun, 24 Dec 1995

An old American Indian rock carving near Mishongnovi, Arizona accurately describes
the existence of "flying saucers" and space travel, according to a Hopi Indian leader.

In the summer of 1970, the late Chief Dan Katchongva, in the company of his
counselor Ralph Tawangyawma and interpreter Caroline Tawangyawma, went to the
city of Prescott to learn more about the rash of UFOs recently seen in that area.

The residents of that central Arizona community said they saw hundreds of flying
saucers in the night sky over the city for more than two weeks prior to the Hopi
leader's arrival.
Katchongva, who died in 1972, said he believed the sightings were intimately
connected to Hopi prophecy. The traditional Hopi chieftain had long been interested
in UFOs because he believed they were a part of Hopi religious beliefs.

UFO researcher and former Prescott resident Paul Solem said the existence of the
saucers justified an old Hopi prophecy that a "Day of Purification" was soon to
arrive. It would be a day when all wicked people and wrong-doers would be
punished or destroyed. Contact with flying saucers would signal the first step of an
massive migration northward by Indians from Central and South America, Solem
said.

Chief Katchongva told reporters of the Prescott Evening Courier that the petroglyph
on the Hopi Reservation shows a definite connection between the Indians and
visitors from space.
"We believe other planets are inhabited and that our prayers are heard there," he
said. "The arrow on which the dome-shaped object rests, stands for travel through
space," Katchongva said in explaining the rock carving.

"The Hopi maiden on the dome-shape (drawing) represents purity. Those Hopi who
survive Purification Day will travel to other planets. We, the faithful Hopi, have seen
the ships and know they are true," he said.

"We have watched nearly all of our brethren lose faith in the original Hopi teachings
and go off on their own course. Near Oraibi the Plan of Life was clearly shown and
we know that those who have forsaken the original teachings will pay with their
lives when the True White Brother comes," he went on.

According to Katchongva, the Hopi prophecies say the Hopi people will be divided
three times.
The first division occurred in 1906 when Chief You-kew-ma and his followers were
forced out of the ancient Indian town of Oraibi to begin a new community in
Hotevilla, he said.
"The second division took place in 1969 when Paul Solem came and contacted the
flying saucers and they flew over and whispered their message. Shortly before Mr.
Solem came, Titus Quomayumtewa saw a flying saucer and the Kachina that piloted
it. "Paul Sewaemanewa saw the saucer years before when he had made his prayer
rites," Katchongva said.

"These two men are of the faithful. We know we are to be divided once more and
few will be left just before our True White Brother arrives with the matching pieces
of stone tablet. Many Hopi men wear their bang haircut that represents a window
from which they continue to look for the True White Brother," he added.

The Prophecies of the Hopi People


As you wind your way through the prophecies on this site and those you may find
elsewhere, you would do well to pay particular attention to the accuracy of those of
the Hopi People. Their prophecies are not written in obscure, archaic language,
hidden away in dusty tomes. Hopi Elders pass these warnings to the next
generations through word of mouth and with reference to ancient rock drawings
and tablets, keeping track of those that have been fulfilled and paying close
attention to warning signs.

The following portion is from The Book of the Hopi by Frank Waters. This tidbit of
Hopi prophecy, probably the only portion shared with whites at the time, has been
reproduced many, many times and is usually the first glimpse of Hopi Prophecy that
one encounters when researching the subject.

Emergence to the Fifth World

"The end of all Hopi ceremonialism will come when a Kachina removes his mask
during a dance in the plaza before uninitiated children. For a while there will be no
more ceremonies, no more faith. Then Oraibi will be rejuvenated with its faith and
ceremonies, marking the start of a new cycle of Hopi life.

"World War III will be started by those peoples who first revealed the light (the
divine wisdom or intelligence) in the other old countries (India, China, Islamic
Nations, Africa). The United States will be destroyed, land and people, by atomic
bombs and radioactivity. Only the Hopis and their homeland will be preserved as an
oasis to which refugees will flee. Bomb shelters are a fallacy. "It is only materialistic
people who seek to make shelters. Those who are at peace in their hearts already
are in the great shelter of life. There is no shelter for evil. Those who take no part in
the making of world division by ideology are ready to resume life in another world,
be they Black, White, Red, or Yellow race. They are all one, brothers.

"The war will be 'a spiritual conflict with material matters. Material matters will be
destroyed by spiritual beings who will remain to create one world and one nation
under one power, that of the Creator.'

"That time is not far off. It will come when the Saquasohuh (Blue Star) Kachina
dances in the plaza and removes his mask. He represents a blue star, far off and yet
invisible, which will make its appearance soon. [Some Hopi spokespersons suggest
that Hale-Bopp is the Blue Star.] The time is foretold by a song sung during the
Wuwuchim ceremony. It was sung in 1914 just before World War I, and again in
1940 before World War II, describing the disunity, corruption, and hatred
contaminating Hopi rituals, which were followed by the same evils spreading over
the world. This same song was sung in 1961 during the Wuwuchim ceremony.

"The Emergence to the future Fifth World has begun. It is being made by the
humble people of little nations, tribes, and racial minorities. 'You can read this in the
earth itself. Plant forms from previous worlds are beginning to spring up as seeds.
This could start a new study of botany if people were wise enough to read them.
The same kinds of seeds are being planted in the sky as stars. The same kinds of
seeds are being planted in our hearts. All these are the same, depending how you
look at them. That is what makes the Emergence to the next, Fifth World.'
"These comprise the nine most important prophecies of the Hopis, connected with
the creation of the nine worlds: the three previous worlds on which we lived, the
present Fourth World, the three future worlds we have yet to experience, and the
world of Taiowa, the Creator, and his nephew, Sotuknang."

[From The Book of the Hopi by Frank Waters]

White Feather, Bear Clan

"The Fourth World shall end soon, and the Fifth World will begin. This the elders
everywhere know. The Signs over many years have been fulfilled, and so few are
left.

"This is the First Sign: We were told of the coming of the white-skinned men, like
Pahana, but not living like Pahana -- men who took the land that was not theirs and
who struck their enemies with thunder. (Guns)

"This is the Second Sign: Our lands will see the coming of spinning wheels filled with
voices. (Covered wagons)

"This is the Third Sign: A strange beast like a buffalo but with great long horns, will
overrun the land in large numbers. (Longhorn cattle)

"This is the Fourth Sign: The land will be crossed by snakes of iron. (Railroad tracks)

"This is the Fifth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed by a giant spider's web.
(Power and telephone lines)
"This is the Sixth Sign: The land shall be criss-crossed with rivers of stone that make
pictures in the sun. (Concrete roads and their mirage-producing effects.)

"This is the Seventh Sign: You will hear of the sea turning black, and many living
things dying because of it. (Oil spills)

"This is the Eighth Sign: You will see many youth, who wear their hair long like our
people, come and join the tribal nations, to learn our ways and wisdom. (Hippies)

"And this is the Ninth and Last Sign: You will hear of a dwelling-place in the
heavens, above the earth, that shall fall with a great crash. It will appear as a blue
star. Very soon after this, the ceremonies of the Hopi people will cease.

"These are the Signs that great destruction is here: The world shall rock to and fro.
The white man will battle people in other lands -- those who possessed the first light
of wisdom. There will be many columns of smoke and fire such as the white man
has made in the deserts not far from here. Those who stay and live in the places of
the Hopi shall be safe. Then there will be much to rebuild. And soon, very soon
afterward, Pahana will return. He shall bring with him the dawn of the Fifth World.
He shall plant the seeds of his wisdom in our hearts. Even now the seeds are being
planted. These shall smooth the way to the Emergence into the Fifth World."

Martin Gasheseoma

Another Hopi prophecy warns that nothing should be brought back from the Moon.
If this were done, the Hopi warned, the balance of natural and universal laws and
forces would be disturbed, resulting in earthquakes, severe changes in weather
patterns, and social unrest. All these things are happening today, though of course
not necessarily because of Moon rocks.

On August 7, 1970, a spectacular UFO sighting was witnessed by dozens of people


and photographed by Chuck Roberts of the Prescott Courier. This occurred after a
"UFO calling" by several Hopi Indians and was interpreted by some Hopis as being a
partial fulfillment of a certain inscribed on Second Mesa, warning of the coming of
Purification Day, when the true Hopi will be flown to other planets in "ships without
wings."

The survivors of the Great Deluge thousands of years ago split up into four groups
that moved in all four directions. Only one group completed their journey -- to the
North Pole and back -- under the guidance of a brilliant "star" in which the Great
Spirit Massau'u traveled. Upon landing, he drew a petroglyph on Second Mesa,
showing a maiden riding in a wingless, dome-shaped craft. The petroglyph signified
the coming Day of Purification when the true Hopi will fly to other planets in "ships
without wings."

The Hopi also predicted that when the heart of the Hopi land trust is dug up, great
disturbances will develop in the balance of nature, for the Hopi holy land is the
microcosmic image of the entire planet; any violations of nature in the Four Corners
region will be reflected and amplified all over the Earth.

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the plants
blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to warn everyone
of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their ways. Last year, in
the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

How much suffering and destruction will accompany the time of the purification,
and what will be its end result? Martin Gasheseoma foretells judgment in front of a
big mirror and death to those who are evil and wicked, with only a handful of people
surviving in every nation overseas who will then come to this continent, "which we
call heaven."

"All the suffering going on in this country with the tornadoes, floods, and
earthquakes is carried on the breath of Mother Earth because she is in pain," says
Roberta Blackgoat, an elder of the Independent Dineh (Navajo) Nation at Big
Mountain. She explains that the Four Corners area is particularly sacred because it
literally holds Mother Earth's internal organs -- coal and uranium which the Bureau
of Indian Affairs has allowed the Peabody Coal Mine to mine. "They are trying to
take her precious guts out for money," says Blackgoat. "My grandfather told me
that coal is like the liver, and uranium is both the heart and lungs of Mother Earth."
Hopi and Navajo traditionalists are fighting the mining.

These life and death matters will be determined when Pahana returns, and theories
abound as to Pahana's identity. Since Pahana has also been called the White
Brother, and since he is to return from the east, Hopi of past centuries wondered
whether he could have been a Spaniard or an Anglo and devised tests for
determining the true Pahana, including knowledge of the greeting of brotherhood,
similarities of religious beliefs, and possession of the missing piece of the stone
tablet. Many were tested, including Catholics, Baptists, and Mormons, but none
passed to the satisfaction of traditional Hopi.

Prophecies to be Fulfilled -- Dan Evehema, Hopi Elder

[From various sources -- chiefly The Hopi Survival Kit by Thomas E. Mails & Chief
Dan Evehema]

"The time will come when from the earth will arise a mystic fog which will dilute the
minds and hearts of all people. Their guidelines of wisdom and knowledge will falter,
the Great Laws of our Creator will dissolve in the minds of people. Children will be
out of control and will no longer obey the leaders, immorality and the competitive
war of greed will flourish.

"When the end is near, we will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four
times it will appear around the sun as a warning that we must reform, telling us that
people of all color must unite and arise for survival, and that we must uncover the
causes of our dilemmas. Unless man-made weapons are used to strike first, peace
will then come.

"So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early frosts, this
will be the sign of the returning Ice Age.

"We believe militarism is born out of injustice, poverty and ignorance where
absolute governments refuse to hear the grievances of minorities. So the people
resort to violence, demonstrations and even terrorism when they see no other way
to be heard. What can we do when our world leaders and the people are acting like
fools in attempts to solve the problems confronting us? Once again we will quote
the prophecy of our Elders. We hope it will interest you so that you will be more
aware of it because it has been happening for some time.

"According to prophecy, the day will come when people in high places will be
hunted. This will get out of control. The hunting will gather strength and spread.
This situation might even erupt on our land. Finally, this will lead us to the Biblical
version of Armageddon (the Hopi version is closely related). A final decisive battle
between good and evil. This will occur under one God or Chief. The prophets say we
will speak one language and that this will happen in Hopiland, in the village of
Oraibi , where the new life plan will be drawn, in the pattern and cycle of religion.
Here also a final decision will be made for the wicked. They will be beheaded and
speak no more. If this does not materialize there will be a total destruction through
the acts of man or nature. Then new life will begin from a girl and a boy. This is a
frightening prophecy and will not be supported by many.

"It is in the prophecies of the Hopi that in a case like this the Navajo may help our
cause. Also the Bahannas or the Paiute Tribe may help. We doubt that the U.S.
Government will easily concede our sovereignty.

"There are two water serpents, one at each pole with a warrior sitting on his head
and tail. These command nature to warn us by her activities that time is getting
short, and we must correct ourselves. If we refuse to heed these warnings, the
warriors will let go of the serpents; they will rise up, and all will perish.

"We are much concerned about the climate. No one seems to be able to predict the
weather accurately from day to day. However, we know according to our time
markers that it is past due for certain seeds to be planted at their proper time. In
recent springs, we were reluctant to plant due to the late snow and cold weather.
Once more maybe our ancient prophecy is right, that one day we will plant wearing
finger sacks (gloves) clearing away snow with our feet before planting. The
summers will become shorter for maturing the corn for harvest. The result is
anybody's guess.

"The question is, will this occur the world over? This would depend on the
geographical areas. In the regions with different climates, things will happen in
different ways. For instance, tropical land could become a land of ice, and the Arctic
region could become tropical. This need not happen if we, the people, get our
leaders to do something about the harmful things being done to the environment.
"It is said that, if the future generations find out that we did nothing to preserve the
good ways, they might throw us from our houses into the streets. This suffering will
be of our own making. The lack of peace in our own spiritual being could trigger the
revolution. Our True White Brother might come and find we have forsaken the
sacred instructions. Then he will whip us without mercy.

"Let us take a look into the future through the eyes of our prophets. Hopi were
instructed to tell of the Great Purification just ahead of a time when Humankind
would once again become highly civilized, tending to become careless and leading
us to self-destruction. They said that, along the way, the industrialized world will
have certain problems. People will be uncomfortable because of the changing
times, and they will have to make adjustments to find new life styles.

"Industrialized nations will become careless in getting more the resources out of the
earth. Believing all these things will last forever, soon natural resources will be
depleted. Fuel shortages will occur; industrial machinery will come to a standstill.
The machinery used for planting, harvesting and transport will become useless.

Supermarket shelves will become empty of farm produce. The farmers and those
who grow their own food will not sell their produce. Money will become worthless.
The white man with all his intelligence and technology will not be able to repair the
damage. We will see extraordinary events in Nature and Earth, including humans.
"Modern man looks upon old wisdom and knowledge as dead, useless and no longer
respected. Modern man depends on the money system and no longer on Mother
Earth for food. According to prophecy when this happens Mother Earth will hide her
nourishment because of the view that ancient food is poor man's food. When all
food disappears, modern man will try to correct his mistake, the conditions he
caused upon the earth through his inventions. He will try to achieve some kind of
method to heal the wound, but this will not be possible when we reach the point of
no return.

"The Hopi play a key role in the survival of the human race through their vital
communion with the unseen forces that hold nature in balance. The pattern is
simple: The whole world will shake and turn red and turn against those who are
hindering the Hopi.

"This prophecy is related to the Biblical version of that which may yet come to pass.
It goes on to say that common people will become concerned and frustrated
because of their hectic world. They will be particularly against the bloodthirsty
policies and the deceitfulness of the world leaders. The common people the world
over will band together to fight for world peace. They will realize that their leaders
have failed. People in high places will be hunted down like animals, perhaps
through terrorism. In turn leaders will retaliate and begin hunting each other. This
condition will gather strength and spread far and wide. It will get out of control the
world over. Revolution could erupt on our land.

"The liberators will come in from the west with great force. They will drop down
from the sky like rain. They will have no mercy. We must not get on the house tops
to watch. They will shake us by our ears, like children who have been bad. This will
be the final decisive battle between good and evil. This battle will cleanse the heart
of people and restore our Mother Earth from illness, and the wicked will be gotten
rid of.
"If this fails to materialize, our Great Creator through nature will do the task
according to their [sic] plans. It could be total destruction in any form. Only brother
and sister will survive to begin a new way of life. This prophecy is frightening and
doubtful. Perhaps it is of no value to most people.

"Eventually a gourd full of ashes would be invented, which, if dropped from the sky,
would boil the oceans and burn the land causing nothing to grow for many years.
This would be the sign for a certain Hopi to bring out the teachings in order to warn
the world that the third and final event would happen soon and could bring an end
to all life unless people correct themselves and their leaders in time.

"The final stage, called The Great Day of Purification, has been described as a
Mystery Egg in which the forces of the Swastika and the Sun plus a third force
symbolized by the color red culminate either in total rebirth or total annihilation; we
don't know which. But the choice is yours; war and natural catastrophe may be
involved. The degree of violence will be determined by the degree of inequity
caused among the peoples of the world and in the balance of nature. In this crisis
rich and poor will be forced to struggle as equals in order to survive.

"The reality that it will be very violent is now almost taken for granted among
Traditional Hopi, but man still may lessen the violence by correcting his treatment
of nature and fellow man. Ancient, spiritually based communities, such as the Hopi,
must especially be preserved and not forced to abandon their wise way of life and
the natural resources they have vowed to protect.

"The man-made system now destroying the Hopi is deeply involved in similar
violations throughout the world. The devastating reversal predicted in the
prophecies is part of the natural order. If those who thrive from that system, its
money and its laws, can manage to stop destroying the Hopi then many may be
able to survive the Day of Purification and enter a new age of peace. But if no one is
left to continue the Hopi way, the hope for such an age is in vain.

"Since mankind has lost peace with one another through conflict due to the new
ways, the Great Spirit, the Great Creator, has punished the people in many ways.
Through all of this there was always a small group who survived to keep the original
ways of life alive. This small group is comprised of those who adhere to the laws of
the Creator, who keep the spiritual path open, out from the circle of evil. According
to our knowledge we are not quite out of the circle.

"Now we enter the time of testing that only the Great Creator can confirm. The
alignment of the planets, we were so kindly informed of by the star watchers has
been awaited by the Hopi. As the time nears, the predicted behavior of the people
accurately describes the behavior of people in the 1990's. When the end is near, we
will see a halo of mist around the heavenly bodies. Four times it will appear around
the sun as a warning that we MUST reform.

"Ambitious minds will decrease, while the people of good hearts, who live in
harmony with the earth, will increase until the earth is rid of evil. If the Hopi are
right, this will be accomplished and the earth will bloom again. The spiritual door is
open. Why not join the righteous people? The Horny Toad Woman gave Massau'u a
promise that she would help him in time of need, saying she too had a metal
helmet. After the Hopi have fulfilled their pattern of life, Massau'u will be the leader,
but not before, for He is the First and He shall be the Last."

Sources
The Book of the Hopi
by Frank Waters
Parallels Between the Hopi and the Sumerian Cultures
by Robert Morningsky

The Hopi believe the Creator of Man is a woman. The Sumerians believed the
Creator of Man was a woman.

The Hopi believe the Father Creator is KA. The Sumerians believed the Father
Essence was KA.

The Hopi believe Taiowa, the Sun God, is the Creator of the Earth. The Sumerians
believe TA.EA was the Creator.

The Hopi believe two brothers had guardianship of the Earth. The Sumerians
believed two brothers had dominion over the Earth.

The Hopi believe Alo to be spiritual guides. The Sumerians believed AL.U to be
beings of Heaven.

The Hopi believe Kachinas (Kat'sinas) are the spirits of nature and the messengers
and teachers sent by the Great Spirit. The Sumerians believed KAT.SI.NA were
righteous ones sent of God.

The Hopi believe Eototo is the Father of Katsinas. The Sumerians believed EA.TA
was the Father of all beings.

The Hopi believe Chakwaina is the Chief of Warriors. The Sumerians believed
TAK.AN.U was the Heavenly Destroyer.

The Hopi believe Nan-ga-Sohu is the Chasing Star Katsina. The Sumerians believed
NIN.GIR.SU to be the Master of Starships.

The Hopi believe Akush to be the Dawn Katsina. The Sumerians believed AK.U to be
Beings of light.

The Hopi believe Danik to be Guardians in the Clouds. The Sumerians believed
DAK.AN to be Sky Warriors.

The Hopi believe Sotunangu is a Sky Katsina. The Sumerians believed TAK.AN.IKU
were Sky Warriors.
The Hopi name for the Pleaides is ChooChookam. The Sumerians believed SHU.
SHU.KHEM were the supreme Stars.

The Hopi believe Tapuat is the name of Earth. The Sumerians believed Tiamat was
the name of Earth.

The Hopi call a snake Chu'a. The Sumerians called a snake SHU.

The Hopi word for "dead" is Mokee. The Sumerians used KI. MAH to mean "dead."

The Hopi use Omiq to mean above, up. The Sumerians used AM.IK to mean looking
to Heaven.

The Hopi believe Tuawta is One Who Sees Magic. The Sumerians believed TUAT.U
was One from the Other World.

The Hopi believe Pahana was the Lost Brother who would one day return to assist
the Hopi and humankind. The Sumerians would recognize PA.HA.NA as an Ancestor
from heaven who would return.

The Web source for this article is no longer active. It was originally attributed to
Robert Morningsky.

I HEREBY CHALLENGE THE ELDERS

Posted By: DarrelWhitewolf


Date: Monday, 24 May 2004, 8:16 a.m.

I Darrel Whitewolf, elder of Cherokee decent, with this powerful


message, hereby challenge the elders of all native nations. I hereby
petition for the immediate release of sacred information to all
humanity concerned for the immediate future of their families and loved
ones.

At the risk of having many arrows shot in my direction, I send this


message.

I am an old warrior who is no stranger to battles.

It has been brought to my attention that the elders at this time are
preparing the last ceremonies. The Hopi who have no word in their
vocabulary for the future and are preparing to go underground. The
Ojibwa and the Lakota are saying that we are at the end. They say and I
quote "Go back and tell the people it is no longer the eleventh hour".
It is said that the blue star (katchina) has arrived and the "Purifier"
(a large celestial body) follows. It's time for the "CLEANSING" THE
"THIRD SHAKING".

It is time to tell the people about the arrival of the watchers from
the skies who don't look like us and the ones underground as well.
I have heard that White Buffalo Calf Woman has returned. I have been
told to teach the stories of creation and how we must become together
as one. This is not enough.

Chief Lookinghorse has delivered his messages at sacred sites all over
the world but it is still unclear to non indian people just what is
happening now, this very year, maybe even this very next month.

It is perfectly clear to me but who will believe one person?

It is not enough to quote verses from the bible. It is not enough to


tell the old stories. It is not enough to talk about the animals and
what it means when a certain one shows up in your life.

I think I can safely say that I speak for all readers here when I
challenge you for the plain and simple truth about what is about to
happen. No more Bible verses from the unbalanced cross brought by the
ones who stole our land, raped our women and killed our children. The
ones manipulated by the watchers.

No more old stories. No more codes.

People do not want to hear this nonsense any longer because time is too
short. I know that you know. I also know that there is still prejudice
in the hearts of some of you and you do not want non-indian people to
know these things.

It is time and the time is now for you to speak clearly and decisevely
in releasing the information needed for people of all nations to
prepare themselves practically, safely, physically and spiritually.

There is talk that the Pope is giving his final blessings. He speaks of
the fact that "Wormwood" (Planet X) has arrived. There is talk that
supposed astronomers are watching something large speeding toward
Earth. There is clear and unmistakable evidence that the skies day and
night have suddenly changed dramatically. The moon has changed its
orbit and appears in the west sky now when it rises. The stars are
turning around in the sky at night and moving slower. The Earth Mother
staggers like a drunk.

With great respect to the Creator, I bow to him in a humble way and ask
for guidance in these matters not for me but for my brothers and
sisters, my friends and families.

With great respect for the elders I ask you to put this knowledge forth
and back up your words which say Mitakoye Oyasin. We are all your
brothers and sisters. Will you leave us behind, only knowing half
truths?

Grandfather forgive me if I have offended as this message comes from my


heart and the Spirit of Crazy Horse inside me speaking. Grandfather
forgive those who still hold contempt for the white man, the black man,
the red and the yellow.

We send our prayers to you with the smoke from the sacred pipe on the
wings of our brother Awahili, the Eagle.

I ask that you keep all of us here in your presense now and for ever.

Let the truths become clear to all.

Wado, Wakan Tanka, Aho

That is all I have to say.

Darrel Whitewolf
http://www.haveyouthought.com/ContactUs.htm

You might also like